DP83867IRRGZT [TI]

具有工业级温度范围的耐用型千兆位以太网 PHY 收发器 | RGZ | 48 | -40 to 85;
DP83867IRRGZT
型号: DP83867IRRGZT
厂家: TEXAS INSTRUMENTS    TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述:

具有工业级温度范围的耐用型千兆位以太网 PHY 收发器 | RGZ | 48 | -40 to 85

以太网
文件: 总143页 (文件大小:3579K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
DP83867IR/CR 稳健型高抗扰10/100/1000 以太网物理层收发器  
1 特性  
3 说明  
• 超RGMII 延迟TX < 90nsRX < 290ns  
• 符合时间敏感网(TSN) 标准  
• 低功耗457mW  
• 超8000V IEC 61000-4-2 ESD 保护等级  
• 符EN55011 B 类发射标准  
RX/TX 上提16 种可编RGMII 延迟模式  
• 集MDI 终端电阻器  
• 可编MII/GMII/RGMII 端接阻抗  
WoL局域网唤醒数据包检测  
25MHz 125MHz 同步时钟输出  
IEEE 1588 时间戳帧起始检测  
RJ45 镜像模式  
DP83867 器件是一款稳健型低功耗全功能物理层收发  
集成了 PMD 层以支持 10BASE-Te 、  
100BASE-TX 1000BASE-T 以太网协议。DP83867  
经优化可提供 ESD 保护超过了 8kV IEC 61000-4-2  
标准直接接触。  
DP83867 轻松实现 10/100/1000Mbps 太网  
LAN。它通过外部变压器直接连接双绞线介质。该器件  
IEEE 802.3 标准媒体独立接(MII)IEEE 802.3  
千兆位媒体独立接口 (GMII) 或简GMII (RGMII) 直接  
MAC 层相连。QFP 封装支持 MII/GMII/RGMII而  
QFN 封装支RGMII。  
DP83867 提供精确时钟同步其中包括同步以太网时  
钟输出。该器件具有低延迟并提供 IEEE 1588 帧起  
始检测。  
• 完全符IEEE 802.3 10BASE-Te100BASE-TX  
1000BASE-T 规范  
• 电缆诊断  
MIIGMII RGMII MAC 接口选项  
• 可配I/O 电压3.3V2.5V1.8V)  
• 快速链路断开模式  
DP83867 功率运行时仅消耗 490mW (PAP) 和  
457mW (RGZ)。局域网唤醒可用于降低系统功耗。  
器件信息  
JTAG 支持  
封装尺寸标称  
)  
(1)  
器件型号  
温度  
2 应用  
DP83867IRPAP  
DP83867IRRGZ  
DP83867CRRGZ  
QFP (64)  
QFN (48)  
QFN (48)  
10mm x 10mm  
7mm x 7mm  
7mm x 7mm  
40°C +85°C  
40°C +85°C  
0°C +70°C  
电机驱动器  
工厂自动化  
现场总线支持  
工业嵌入式计算  
有线和无线通信基础设施  
测试和测量  
(1) 如需了解所有可用封装请参阅数据表末尾的可订购产品附  
录。  
消费类电子产品  
MII (PAP)  
GMII (PAP)  
10BASE-Te  
100BASE-TX  
1000BASE-T  
RGMII (PAP, RGZ)  
DP83867  
10/100/1000 Mbps  
Ethernet Physical Layer  
Ethernet MAC  
Magnetics  
RJ-45  
25 MHz  
Crystal or Oscillator  
Status  
LEDs  
本文档旨在为方便起见提供有TI 产品中文版本的信息以确认产品的概要。有关适用的官方英文版本的最新信息请访问  
www.ti.com其内容始终优先。TI 不保证翻译的准确性和有效性。在实际设计之前请务必参考最新版本的英文版本。  
English Data Sheet: SNLS484  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Table of Contents  
7.17 Timing Diagrams ....................................................25  
7.18 Typical Characteristics............................................30  
8 Detailed Description......................................................31  
8.1 Overview...................................................................31  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram.........................................32  
8.3 Feature Description...................................................34  
8.4 Device Functional Modes..........................................37  
8.5 Programming............................................................ 51  
8.6 Register Maps...........................................................59  
9 Application and Implementation................................ 118  
9.1 Application Information............................................118  
9.2 Typical Application.................................................. 118  
10 Power Supply Recommendations............................125  
11 Layout.........................................................................128  
11.1 Layout Guidelines................................................. 128  
11.2 Layout Example.................................................... 130  
12 Device and Documentation Support........................131  
12.1 Documentation Support........................................ 131  
12.2 Related Links........................................................ 131  
12.3 接收文档更新通知................................................. 131  
12.4 支持资源................................................................131  
12.5 Electrostatic Discharge Caution............................131  
12.6 术语表................................................................... 131  
12.7 Trademarks...........................................................131  
1 特性................................................................................... 1  
2 应用................................................................................... 1  
3 说明................................................................................... 1  
4 Revision History.............................................................. 2  
5 Device Comparison.........................................................8  
6 Pin Configuration and Functions...................................8  
6.1 Unused Pins .............................................................14  
7 Specifications................................................................ 15  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings...................................... 15  
7.2 ESD Ratings............................................................. 15  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions.......................15  
7.4 Thermal Information..................................................16  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics...........................................16  
7.6 Power-Up Timing...................................................... 18  
7.7 Reset Timing.............................................................19  
7.8 MII Serial Management Timing................................. 19  
7.9 RGMII Timing............................................................19  
7.10 GMII Transmit Timing(2) ......................................... 20  
7.11 GMII Receive Timing(2) .......................................... 20  
7.12 100-Mbps MII Transmit Timing(1) ........................... 20  
7.13 100-Mbps MII Receive Timing(2) ............................20  
7.14 10-Mbps MII Transmit Timing(2) ............................. 21  
7.15 10-Mbps MII Receive Timing(2) ..............................21  
7.16 DP83867IR/CR Start of Frame Detection Timing... 21  
4 Revision History  
以前版本的页码可能与当前版本的页码不同  
Changes from Revision F (October 2019) to Revision G (August 2022)  
Page  
• 更新IEEE 1588 时间戳的帧起始检测............................................................................................................. 1  
Added following wording to the end of first paragraph in 8.4.3.9 "DP83867 devices manufactured after  
August, 2022, have an increased random seed value that now includes 255 different seed values to expedite  
Auto-MDIX resolution with a link partner."........................................................................................................ 46  
Removed Reg 0x01D5 Programmable Gain Register (PROG_GAIN).............................................................59  
Changed Bit 11:10 SPEED_OPT_ATTEMPT_CNT to RW description in ........................................................79  
Changed bits 15:9, so that bit 12 can be '1'. Bit 7 description updated 8.6.31 ............................................90  
Added Register 0x008A....................................................................................................................................96  
Added Register 0x00B3....................................................................................................................................97  
Added Register 0x00C0....................................................................................................................................97  
Added Register 0x0100.................................................................................................................................... 98  
Changes from Revision E (March 2017) to Revision F (October 2019)  
Page  
1 添加了“符合时间敏感网(TSN) 标准”..............................................................................................1  
1 中的“快速链路建立/链路断开模式”更改为“快速链路断开模式”...................................................... 1  
• 向2 添加了“现场总线支持”......................................................................................................................... 1  
Changed 'TX_EN / TX_CTRL' pin type in Pin Functions..................................................................................10  
Deleted "NOTE: Internal Pull-Up/Pull-Down resistors on the IO pins are disabled when the device enters  
functional mode after power up." from Pin Functions....................................................................................... 10  
Added XI pin voltage ratings to 7.1 ............................................................................................................. 15  
Added XI Input Voltage section to 7.5 .........................................................................................................16  
Changed links to RGMII timing diagrams in 7.9 ..........................................................................................19  
Changed TholdR parameter description in 7.9 ..............................................................................................19  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
2
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Added table note explaining how Duty Cycle % must be interpreted in 7.9 ................................................19  
Added table note explaining how Duty Cycle % must be interpreted in 7.9 ................................................19  
Changed 7-10 ............................................................................................................................................. 21  
Changed statement about PHY address in 8.4.2 ........................................................................................41  
Added 8-11 ..................................................................................................................................................46  
Deleted "The BIST allows full control of the packet lengths and of the IPG." from 8.4.5 ............................48  
Deleted mention of ALCD from 8.4.6 .......................................................................................................... 48  
Deleted subsection describing ALCD from 8.4.6 ........................................................................................ 48  
Added sentence about the polarity of MDI signals in 8.4.6.5 ......................................................................49  
Changed 'CRS' strap function from "Fast Link Detect" to "Fast Link Drop" in 8-4 ...................................... 51  
Changed notes after 8-4 to be table notes referenced within the table. ......................................................51  
Added definition for register Bit Name type 'Strap' in 8.6 ............................................................................59  
Deleted Advanced Link Cable Diagnostics Control Register (ALCD_CTRL) .................................................. 59  
Added PAP package default for '1000BASE-T FULL DUPLEX' in 8.6.10 ...................................................69  
Changed 'MDI_CROSSOVER' default in 8.6.14 .........................................................................................72  
Added PAP package default for 'SPEED_OPT_EN' in 8.6.18 .....................................................................79  
Added 8.6.28 ...............................................................................................................................................88  
Changed descriptions of 'FORCE_DROP' and 'FLD_EN' in 8.6.29 ............................................................89  
Added 8.6.30 ...............................................................................................................................................90  
Added 'INT_TST_MODE_1' to 8.6.31 .........................................................................................................90  
Changed 'PORT_MIRROR_EN' default in 8.6.31 ....................................................................................... 90  
Added PAP package default for 'RGMII_EN' in 8.6.32 ................................................................................90  
Added 8.6.35 ...............................................................................................................................................93  
Changed description of 'STRAP_FLD' from "Fast Link Detect" to "Fast Link Drop" in 8.6.38 .....................95  
Added 8.6.41 ...............................................................................................................................................96  
Added 8.6.42 ...............................................................................................................................................96  
Added RGZ package default for 'RGMII_TX_DELAY_CTRL' in 8.6.44 .......................................................97  
Added RGZ package default for 'RGMII_RX_DELAY_CTRL' in 8.6.44 ...................................................... 97  
Added 8.6.47 ...............................................................................................................................................97  
Added 8.6.51 ...............................................................................................................................................98  
Changed capacitor value in 9-2 and added footnotes................................................................................119  
Added requirements for 2.5-V clock source capacitors in 9.2.1.2 .............................................................121  
Added 9-4 ..................................................................................................................................................121  
Added "RMS Jitter" to 9-2 ......................................................................................................................... 121  
Added 9.2.1.4 ............................................................................................................................................123  
Changed capacitor placement in 10-1 and footnote about decoupling capacitor placement.....................125  
Changed capacitor placement in 10-2 and footnote about decoupling capacitor placement.....................125  
Changes from Revision C (November 2015) to Revision D (July 2016)  
Page  
Added '(Straps Required)' to RX_DV/RX_CTRL pin in Pin Functions table.....................................................10  
Changed '1nF' to '1µF' for VDD1P1 and VDD1P0 pin in Pin Functions table...................................................10  
Added Operating Junction Temperature to 7.3 ........................................................................................... 15  
Changed parameter symbol from VIH to VIH in 7.5 .....................................................................................16  
Added MDC toggling clarification to 7.7 ......................................................................................................19  
Changed target strap voltage thresholds in 8-3 .......................................................................................... 51  
Changed 'SPEED_SEL1' to 'ANEG_SEL1' in 8-4 .......................................................................................51  
Added '(Straps Required)' to RX_DV/RX_CTRL in 8-4 ...............................................................................51  
Changed 'SPEED_SEL0' to 'ANEG_SEL' in 8-4 .........................................................................................51  
Changed 'SPEED_SEL0' to 'ANEG_SEL0' in 8-4 .......................................................................................51  
Changed table name from 'PAP Speed Select Strap Details' to 8-5 ........................................................... 51  
Changed 'SPEED_SEL0' and 'SPEED_SEL' to 'ANEG_SEL0' and 'ANEG_SEL1' in 8-5 .......................... 51  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
3
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Changed table name from 'RGZ Speed Select Strap Details' to 8-6 .......................................................... 51  
Changed 'SPEED_SEL' to 'ANEG_SEL' in 8-6 ...........................................................................................51  
Changed Default state of from 'Strap' to '0' for bit 13 in 8-9 ........................................................................59  
Changed Default state of from 'Strap' to '1' for bit 6 in 8-9 ..........................................................................59  
Changed bit 9 name from 100BASE-T FULL DUPLEX to 1000BASE-T FULL DUPLEX in 8-18 ............... 69  
Changed bit 9 descriptions from half duplex to full duplex in 8-18 ..............................................................69  
Changed 'Interrupt Status and Event Control Register (ISR)' to 'MII Interrupt Control Register (MICR)' in 节  
8.6.16 ...............................................................................................................................................................75  
Changed Register definition to move a statement from 8.6.17 to 8.6.16 ............................................... 75  
Changed default of bit 9 from '1' to '0' in Configuration Register 2 (CFG2), Address 0x0014 .........................79  
Changed default of bits 5:0 from '0' to '0 0111' in 8-27 ................................................................................79  
Added 8.6.29 register...................................................................................................................................89  
Changed Name of Bits 6:5 from 'STRAP_SPEED_SEL' to 'STRAP_ANEG_SEL' in 8-46 ......................... 94  
Changed Name of Bit 6 from 'RESERVED' to 'RESERVED (RGZ)' in 8-46 ............................................... 94  
Changed Name of Bit 5 from 'STRAP_SPEED_SEL (PAP)' to 'STRAP_SPEED_SEL (RGZ)' in 8-46 .......94  
Changed name of Bit 6:4 from 'RESERVED' to 'RESERVED (PAP)' in 8-47 ..............................................95  
Added description for 'STRAP_RGMII_CLK_SKEW_TX (RGZ)' in 8-47 .................................................... 95  
Changed name of Bit 2:0 from 'RESERVED' to 'RESERVED (PAP)' in 8-47 ..............................................95  
Added description for 'STRAP_RGMII_CLK_SKEW_RX (RGZ)' in 8-47 ....................................................95  
Changed default value of bit 4:0 from '10000' to 'TRIM' in 8.6.97 .............................................................106  
Changed description for IO_IMPEDANCE_CTRL bits in 8.6.97 ...............................................................106  
Changed 10 section................................................................................................................................... 125  
Added "The 2.5-V VDDA2P5 can come up with or after the 1.8-V VDDA1P8 but not before it" to 10 ......125  
Added 10-3 ................................................................................................................................................125  
Added 10-1 ................................................................................................................................................125  
Added note regarding 1.8-V supply sequence if no load exists on 2.5-V supply in Layout ........................... 125  
Changes from Revision B (August 2015) to Revision C (November 2015)  
Page  
• 更改了标题以在数据表中添DP83867IRRGZ/CRRGZ....................................................................................1  
• 添加了器件型号...................................................................................................................................................1  
• 更改1 中的延迟要点以更好地描述低延迟特性........................................................................................... 1  
• 更改了部分中的功耗数值............................................................................................................................1  
1 添加了辐射发射性能............................................................................................................................... 1  
1 添加MDI 终端电阻器.......................................................................................................................... 1  
• 添加了可编MAC 接口阻抗至.......................................................................................................................... 1  
1 添加了“RJ45 镜像模式”......................................................................................................................1  
1 添加了兼容性..........................................................................................................................................1  
• 更改1 以将“亮点”与“主要规格”合并为一部分....................................................................................1  
• 删除1 中的双电压规格............................................................................................................................... 1  
1 添加RGZ 器件的双电源电压.............................................................................................................. 1  
• 删除1 中的自动交叉要点............................................................................................................................1  
• 删除了重复的低延迟规格.................................................................................................................................... 1  
• 删除了主要规范中MDIO 要点.........................................................................................................................1  
• 向添加MAC 接口信息.............................................................................................................................1  
• 向添加QFN 功耗.................................................................................................................................... 1  
• 向器件信表添加了新器件的封装信息..............................................................................................................1  
Added Device Comparison Table....................................................................................................................... 8  
Changed Pin Functions table to add information about new RGZ devices...................................................... 10  
Changed bypass capacitor information for power pins in Pin Functions table................................................. 10  
Added information about pull-up pull-down resistors in the table note of the table ......................................... 10  
Added Unused Pins section .............................................................................................................................14  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
4
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Added Absolute Maximum Ratings table..........................................................................................................15  
Added ESD information about new RGZ devices in 7.2 ............................................................................. 15  
Added VDD1P0 information in Recommended Operating Conditions .............................................................15  
Added temperature information about RGZ devices in Recommended Operating Conditions ....................... 15  
Added thermal information for RGZ Devices in 7.4 .....................................................................................16  
Added PMD output voltage data for new RGZ devices in 7.5 .....................................................................16  
Added RGMII TX and RX Latency values in 7.9 .........................................................................................19  
Added FBD for new RGZ devices in Functional Block Diagram ......................................................................32  
Added "Magic Packet should be byte aligned" in Magic Packet Structure section...........................................34  
Changed "Auto-MDIX is independent of Auto-Negotiation" to "For 10/100, Auto-MDIX is independent of Auto-  
Negotiation" in 8.4.3.9 .................................................................................................................................46  
Added Loopback Availability table....................................................................................................................46  
Changed description for 8.4.4.1.4 ...............................................................................................................47  
Added description for 8.4.4.2 ...................................................................................................................... 47  
Deleted mention of ALCD from 8.4.6 .......................................................................................................... 48  
Changed "improperly-terminated cables with ±1m accuracy" to "improperly-terminated cables, and crossed  
pairs wires with ±1m accuracy" in 8.4.6.1 ................................................................................................... 48  
Changed Mirror Mode Configuration table........................................................................................................49  
Added internal resistor to the diagram in 8-12 ............................................................................................ 51  
Added Target voltage range in 8-3 ..............................................................................................................51  
Added strapping information for RGZ devices in 8-4 .................................................................................. 51  
Changed incorrect pin number for LED_1 and LED_0 in 8-4 table..............................................................51  
Added RGMII TX and RX Skew Strap information to 8-4 ........................................................................... 51  
Added 8-6 ....................................................................................................................................................51  
Added 8-7 ....................................................................................................................................................51  
Added 8-8 ....................................................................................................................................................51  
Added information regarding address configuration of RGZ devices to 8.5.4 .............................................55  
Added Power Saving Modes section................................................................................................................57  
Deleted repeated bits from Auto-Negotiate Expansion Register ..................................................................... 66  
Changed Bit 13 description in Register 0x14 ...................................................................................................79  
Deleted "in Robust Auto MDI-X modes" in bit 15 description of 8.6.25 .......................................................85  
Added "ms" to timer values in bit 13:12 in 8.6.25 ........................................................................................85  
Deleted Registers FLD_CFG and FLD_THR_CFG from Datasheet................................................................ 87  
Added 8.6.28 ...............................................................................................................................................88  
Added 8.6.30 ...............................................................................................................................................90  
Changed description for bit 11 in 8.6.34 ......................................................................................................92  
Added information in bit 10:7 description for 8.6.34 ....................................................................................92  
Added 8.6.35 ...............................................................................................................................................93  
Added 8.6.41 ...............................................................................................................................................96  
Added 8.6.42 ...............................................................................................................................................96  
Added 8.6.47 ...............................................................................................................................................97  
Added 8.6.51 ...............................................................................................................................................98  
Added comment about RGZ devices in 8.6.98 ......................................................................................... 108  
Added comment about RGZ devices in 8.6.99 ..........................................................................................110  
Added GPIO_MUX_CTRL register for RGZ devices.......................................................................................111  
Added TDR registers 0x0190 to 0x01A4.........................................................................................................112  
Added TDR registers.......................................................................................................................................112  
Added footnote about voltage level for RGZ devices in 10-1 ....................................................................125  
Added Comment for VDDA1P8 pins in 10-1. ............................................................................................125  
Added footnote about Voltage level for RGZ devices in 10-2 ................................................................... 125  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
5
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Added power down supply sequence sentence in 10 ...............................................................................125  
Changes from Revision A (June 2015) to Revision B (August 2015) Page  
1 列表添加了“功耗低490mW...........................................................................................................1  
3 文本从“DP83867 仅消565mW”更改为“DP83867 仅消490mW........................................... 1  
Changed Pin RBIAS Description From: "A 10 kΩ+/-1% resistor" To: "A 11 kΩ±1% resistor"....................... 10  
Changed Power consumption, 2 supplies TYP value From 565 mW To 530 mW in the 7.5 ...................... 16  
Changed Power consumption, optional 3rd supply TYP value From 545 mW To 490 mW in the 7.5 ........ 16  
Changed Register address: From: "BICSR1 register (0x0039)" To: "BICSR2 register (0x0072)", and changed  
From: "read from the BISCR register (0x0016h)" To: "read from the STS2 register (0x0017h)" in the 8.4.5 ..  
48  
Changed section 8.6.39 and 8-48 From: Address 0x0039 To: Address 0x0071..................................... 95  
Changed section 8.6.40 and 8-49 From: Address 0x003A To: Address 0x0072.....................................95  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
6
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Changes from Revision * (February 2015) to Revision A (June 2015)  
Page  
• 将文档标题从“稳健型低功耗”更改为“稳健型高抗扰性”.............................................................................. 1  
• 更改了“亮点”下所列1 ............................................................................................................................1  
• 更改2 列表................................................................................................................................................. 1  
• 更改3 文本和布局...................................................................................................................................... 1  
Added storage temperature to 7.1 .............................................................................................................. 15  
Added TF fall time = 0.75 ns (Max) in 7.9 ....................................................................................................19  
Added T4, MDI to GMII Latency = 264 ns (NOM) to 7.11. .......................................................................... 20  
Added section 8.3.2.1 ................................................................................................................................. 36  
Moved text From the end of 8-9 To 8.6.3 ................................................................................................62  
Changed format of loopback control bits in 8-29 "BIST Control Register (BISCR)" ....................................80  
Changed BIT NAME (11:8) From: "LED_ACT_SEL To: LED_2_SEL in 8-31 ............................................. 82  
Changed BIT NAME (7:4) From: "LED_SPD_SEL To: LED_1_SEL in 8-31 ...............................................82  
Changed BIT NAME (3:0 From: "LED_LNK_SEL To: LED_0_SEL in 8-31 ................................................ 82  
Added 8.6.36 register...................................................................................................................................93  
Changed the title of 8-47 from: Address 0x006FE to: Address 0x006F ......................................................95  
Added 8.6.48 register...................................................................................................................................98  
Changed default of bits 12:8 to 0 1100 in 8-106 ....................................................................................... 106  
Deleted text "of the 64-HTQFP package" from the second paragraph in section 9.2.1.1 ......................... 119  
Deleted text "for MII Mode" from the second paragraph in section 9.2.1.2 ...............................................121  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
7
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
5 Device Comparison  
5-1. Device Features Comparison  
DEVICE  
MAC  
TEMPERATURE RANGE  
TEMPERATURE GRADE  
DP83867CRRGZ  
DP83867IRRGZ  
DP83867IRPAP  
RGMII  
0°C  
70°C  
85°C  
85°C  
Commercial  
Industrial  
RGMII  
40°C  
40°C  
MII/GMII/RGMII  
Industrial  
6 Pin Configuration and Functions  
53  
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54  
52 51 50 49  
RX_D4/GPIO  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
RESERVED  
TD_P_A  
1
RX_D3  
RX_D2  
RX_D1  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK  
VDD1P1  
VDDIO  
GTX_CLK  
TX_ER  
TX_D0  
TX_D1  
TX_D2  
TX_D3  
TX_D4  
TX_D5  
2
TD_M_A  
3
VDDA2P5  
TD_P_B  
4
5
6
TD_M_B  
7
RESERVED  
VDD1P1  
8
DP83867  
9
RESERVED  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
TD_P_C  
TD_M_C  
VDDA2P5  
TD_P_D  
TD_M_D  
RBIAS  
RESERVED  
28  
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27  
29 30 31 32  
6-1. PAP Package 64-Pin HTQFP Top View  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
8
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37  
RX_D3  
RX_D2  
RX_D1  
RX_D0  
RX_CLK  
VDD1P0  
VDDIO  
GTX_CLK  
TX_D0  
TX_D1  
TX_D2  
TX_D3  
1
2
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
TD_P_A  
TD_M_A  
VDDA2P5  
TD_P_B  
TD_M_B  
3
4
DP83867  
5
TOP VIEW  
(not to scale)  
6
VDD1P0  
TD_P_C  
48-pin QFN Package  
7
TD_M_C  
VDDA2P5  
TD_P_D  
DAP = GND  
8
9
10  
11  
TD_M_D  
RBIAS 12  
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24  
6-2. RGZ Package 48-Pin QFN Top View  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
9
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
6-1. Pin Functions  
PIN  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
HTQFP  
VQFN  
RGMII  
MAC INTERFACES  
MII TRANSMIT CLOCK: TX_CLK is a continuous clock signal driven by the  
PHY during 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps MII mode. TX_CLK clocks the data or error  
out of the MAC layer and into the PHY.  
TX_CLK  
30  
O
The TX_CLK clock frequency is 2.5 MHz in 10BASE-Te and 25 MHz in  
100BASE-TX mode.  
GMII TRANSMIT DATA Bit 7: This signal carries data from the MAC to the  
PHY in GMII mode. It is synchronous to the transmit clock GTX_CLK.  
TX_D7  
TX_D6  
TX_D5  
TX_D4  
31  
30  
33  
34  
I, PD  
I, PD  
I, PD  
I, PD  
GMII TRANSMIT DATA Bit 6: This signal carries data from the MAC to the  
PHY in GMII mode. It is synchronous to the transmit clock GTX_CLK.  
GMII TRANSMIT DATA Bit 5: This signal carries data from the MAC to the  
PHY in GMII mode. It is synchronous to the transmit clock GTX_CLK.  
GMII TRANSMIT DATA Bit 4: This signal carries data from the MAC to the  
PHY in GMII mode. It is synchronous to the transmit clock GTX_CLK.  
TRANSMIT DATA Bit 3: This signal carries data from the MAC to the PHY in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. In GMII and RGMII modes, it is synchronous to  
the transmit clock GTX_CLK. In MII mode, it is synchronous to the transmit  
clock TX_CLK.  
TX_D3  
TX_D2  
TX_D1  
TX_D0  
35  
36  
37  
38  
25  
26  
27  
28  
I, PD  
I, PD  
I, PD  
I, PD  
TRANSMIT DATA Bit 2: This signal carries data from the MAC to the PHY in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. In GMII and RGMII modes, it is synchronous to  
the transmit clock GTX_CLK. In MII mode, it is synchronous to the transmit  
clock TX_CLK.  
TRANSMIT DATA Bit 1: This signal carries data from the MAC to the PHY in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. In GMII and RGMII modes, it is synchronous to  
the transmit clock GTX_CLK. In MII mode, it is synchronous to the transmit  
clock TX_CLK.  
TRANSMIT DATA Bit 0: This signal carries data from the MAC to the PHY in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. In GMII and RGMII modes, it is synchronous to  
the transmit clock GTX_CLK. In MII mode, it is synchronous to the transmit  
clock TX_CLK.  
GMII TRANSMIT ERROR: This signal is used in GMII mode to force the PHY  
to transmit invalid symbols. The TX_ER signal is synchronous to the GMII  
transmit clock GTX_CLK.  
In MII 4B nibble mode, assertion of Transmit Error by the controller causes  
the PHY to issue invalid symbols followed by Halt (H) symbols until  
deassertion occurs.  
TX_ER  
39  
I, PD  
In GMII mode, assertion causes the PHY to emit one or more code-groups  
that are invalid data or delimiter in the transmitted frame.  
GMII and RGMII TRANSMIT CLOCK: This continuous clock signal is sourced  
from the MAC layer to the PHY. Nominal frequency is 125 MHz.  
GTX_CLK  
RX_CLK  
40  
43  
29  
32  
I, PD  
O
RECEIVE CLOCK: Provides the recovered receive clocks for different modes  
of operation:  
2.5 MHz in 10-Mbps mode.  
25 MHz in 100-Mbps mode.  
125 MHz in 1000-Mbps GMII and RGMII mode.  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 0: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
RX_D0  
RX_D1  
RX_D2  
RX_D3  
44  
45  
46  
47  
33  
34  
35  
36  
S, O, PD  
O, PD  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 1: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 2: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
S, O, PD  
O, PD  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 3: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII, RGMII, and MII modes. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
10  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
6-1. Pin Functions (continued)  
PIN  
HTQFP  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
VQFN  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 4: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII mode. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
RX_D4  
48  
49  
50  
51  
S, O, PD  
S, O, PD  
S, O, PD  
S, O, PD  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 5: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII mode. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
RX_D5  
RX_D6  
RX_D7  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 6: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII mode. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
RECIEVE DATA Bit 7: This signal carries data from the PHY to the MAC in  
GMII mode. It is synchronous to the receive clock RX_CLK.  
TRANSMIT ENABLE or TRANSMIT CONTROL: In MII or GMII mode,it is an  
active high input sourced from MAC layer to indicate transmission data is  
available on the TXD.  
TX_EN / TX_CTRL  
52  
53  
37  
38  
I, PD  
In RGMII mode, it combines the transmit enable and the transmit error signals  
of GMII mode using both clock edges.  
RECEIVE DATA VALID or RECEIVE CONTROL: In MII and GMII modes, it is  
asserted high to indicate that valid data is present on the corresponding  
RXD[3:0] in MII mode and RXD[7:0] in GMII mode.  
RX_DV / RX_CTRL  
(Straps Required)  
S, O, PD  
O, PD  
In RGMII mode, the receive data available and receive error are combined  
(RXDV_ER) using both rising and falling edges of the receive clock  
(RX_CLK).  
RECEIVE ERROR: In 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps and 1000 Mbps mode this active  
high output indicates that the PHY has detected a Receive Error. The RX_ER  
signal is synchronous with the receive clock (RX_CLK).  
RX_ER / GPIO  
COL / GPIO  
In RGMII, the RX_ER pin is not used.  
COLLISION DETECT: Asserted high to indicate detection of a collision  
condition (assertion of CRS due to simultaneous transmit and receive activity)  
in Half-Duplex modes. This signal is not synchronous to either MII clock  
(GTX_CLK, TX_CLK or RX_CLK).  
O, PD  
This signal is not defined and stays low for Full-Duplex modes.  
In RGMII mode, COL is not used.  
CARRIER SENSE: CRS is asserted high to indicate the presence of a carrier  
due to receive or transmit activity in Half-Duplex mode.  
For 10BASE-Te and 100BASE-TX Full-Duplex operation CRS is asserted  
when a received packet is detected. This signal is not defined for 1000BASE-  
T Full-Duplex mode.  
CRS  
56  
S, O, PD  
In RGMII mode, CRS is not used.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
11  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
6-1. Pin Functions (continued)  
PIN  
HTQFP  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
VQFN  
GENERAL PURPOSE I/O  
General Purpose I/O: This signal provides a multi-function configurable I/O.  
Please refer to the GPIO_MUX_CTRL register for details.  
GPIO_0  
39  
40  
S, O, PD  
S, O, PD  
General Purpose I/O: This signal provides a multi-function configurable I/O.  
Please refer to the GPIO_MUX_CTRL register for details.  
GPIO_1  
MANAGEMENT INTERFACE  
MANAGEMENT DATA CLOCK: Synchronous clock to the MDIO serial  
management input/output data. This clock may be asynchronous to the MAC  
transmit and receive clocks. The maximum clock rate is 25MHz and no  
minimum.  
MDC  
20  
21  
16  
17  
I, PD  
I/O  
MANAGEMENT DATA I/O: Bi-directional management instruction/data signal  
that may be sourced by the management station or the PHY. This pin requires  
pullup resistor. The IEEE specified resistor value is 1.5kΩ, but a 2.2kΩis  
acceptable.  
MDIO  
INTERRUPT / POWER DOWN:  
The default function of this pin is POWER DOWN.  
POWER DOWN: Asserting this signal low enables the Power Down mode of  
operation. In this mode, the device will power down and consume minimum  
power. Register access will be available through the Management Interface to  
configure and power up the device.  
INT / PWDN  
60  
44  
I/O, PU  
INTERRUPT: This pin may be programmed as an interrupt output instead of a  
Power down input. In this mode, Interrupts will be asserted low using this pin.  
When operating this pin as an interrupt, it is an open-drain architecture.  
Register access is required for the pin to be used as an interrupt mechanism.  
When operating this pin as an interrupt, an external 2.2kΩconnected to the  
VDDIO supply is recommended.  
RESET  
RESET: The active low RESET initializes or re-initializes the DP83867. All  
internal registers will re-initialize to their default state upon assertion of  
RESET. The RESET input must be held low for a minimum of 1µs.  
RESET_N  
59  
43  
I, PU  
CLOCK INTERFACE  
XI  
19  
18  
22  
15  
14  
18  
I
CRYSTAL/OSCILLATOR INPUT: 25 MHz oscillator or crystal input (50 ppm)  
CRYSTAL OUTPUT: Second terminal for 25 MHz crystal. Must be left floating  
if a clock oscillator is used.  
XO  
O
O
CLK_OUT  
CLOCK OUTPUT: Output clock  
JTAG INTERFACE  
JTAG TEST CLOCK: IEEE 1149.1 Test Clock input, primary clock source for  
all test logic input and output controlled by the testing entity.  
JTAG_CLK  
JTAG_TDO  
25  
26  
20  
21  
I, PU  
O
JTAG TEST DATA OUTPUT: IEEE 1149.1 Test Data Output pin, the most  
recent test results are scanned out of the device via TDO.  
JTAG TEST MODE SELECT: IEEE 1149.1 Test Mode Select pin, the TMS pin  
sequences the Tap Controller (16-state FSM) to select the desired test  
instruction.  
JTAG_TMS  
JTAG_TDI  
27  
28  
24  
22  
23  
I, PU  
I, PU  
I, PU  
JTAG TEST DATA INPUT: IEEE 1149.1 Test Data Input pin, test data is  
scanned into the device via TDI.  
JTAG TEST RESET: IEEE 1149.1 Test Reset pin, active low reset provides for  
asynchronous reset of the Tap Controller. This reset has no effect on the  
device registers.  
JTAG_TRSTN  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
12  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
6-1. Pin Functions (continued)  
PIN  
HTQFP  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
VQFN  
LED INTERFACE  
LED_1: By default, this pin indicates that 1000BASE-T link is established.  
Additional functionality is configurable via LEDCR1[7:4] register bits.  
LED_1  
LED_0  
62  
63  
46  
47  
S, I/O, PD  
S, I/O, PD  
LED_0: By default, this pin indicates that link is established. Additional  
functionality is configurable via LEDCR1[3:0] register bits.  
MEDIA DEPENDENT INTERFACE  
TD_P_A  
TD_M_A  
TD_P_B  
TD_M_B  
TD_P_C  
TD_M_C  
TD_P_D  
TD_M_D  
OTHER PINS  
Reserved  
2
3
1
2
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
Differential Transmit and Receive Signals  
5
4
6
5
10  
11  
13  
14  
7
8
10  
11  
1, 7, 9, 16  
15  
A
A
Reserved  
Bias Resistor Connection. A 11 kΩ+/-1% resistor should be connected from  
RBIAS to GND.  
RBIAS  
12  
POWER AND GROUND PINS  
I/O Power: 1.8V (±5%), 2.5V (±5%) or 3.3V (±5%). Each pin requires a 1µF &  
0.1µF capacitor to GND  
VDDIO  
23, 41, 57 19, 30, 41  
P
P
1.8V Analog Supply (+/-5%).  
No external supply is required for this pin. When unused, no connections  
should be made to this pin.  
VDDA1P8  
17, 64  
13, 48  
3, 9  
For additional power savings, an external 1.8V supply can be connected to  
these pins. When using an external supply, each pin requires a 1µF & 0.1µF  
capacitor to GND.  
2.5V Analog Supply (+/-5%). Each pin requires a 1µF & 0.1µF capacitor to  
GND  
VDDA2P5  
VDD1P1  
VDD1P0  
GND  
4, 12  
P
P
P
P
1.1V Analog Supply (+/-5%). Each pin requires a 1µF & 0.1µF capacitor to  
GND  
8, 29, 42, 58  
6, 24, 31,  
42  
1.0V Analog Supply (+15.5%,-5%). Each pin requires a 1µF & 0.1µF capacitor  
to GND  
Die Attach Die Attach  
Pad Pad  
Ground  
(1) The functionalities of the pins are defined below.  
Type I: Input  
Type O: Output  
Type I/O: Input /Output  
Type PD or PU: Internal Pull-down or Pull-up  
Type S: Strap Configuration Pin  
Type: A Analog pins  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
13  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
6.1 Unused Pins  
DP83867 has internal pullups or pulldowns on most pins. The data sheet details which pins have internal pullups  
or pulldowns and which pins require external pull resistors.  
Even though a device may have internal pullup or pulldown resistors, a good practice is to terminate unused  
inputs rather than allowing them to float. Floating inputs could result in unstable conditions. This  
recommendation does not apply to VDD1P8 pins. When unused, these pins should be left floating. It is  
considered a safer practice to pull an unused input pin high or low with a pullup or pulldown resistor. It is also  
possible to group together adjacent unused input pins, and as a group pull them up or down using a single  
resistor.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
14  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7 Specifications  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted) (1)  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA1P8  
3
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
0.3  
60  
2.1  
(VDD1P1/VDD1P0)  
Supply voltage  
1.3  
V
3.3-V option  
3.8  
2.5-V option  
1.8-V option  
3
VDDIO  
2.1  
6.5  
MDI  
VDDIO + 0.3  
VDDIO + 0.3  
VDDIO + 0.3  
2.1  
MAC interface, MDIO, MDC, GPIO  
INT/PWDN, RESET  
JTAG  
V
Pins  
XI (Oscillator Clock Input)  
V
Storage temperature, Tstg  
150  
°C  
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings  
only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under  
Recommended Operating Conditions. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device  
reliability.  
7.2 ESD Ratings  
VALUE  
UNIT  
All pins except Media  
Dependent Interface pins  
±2500  
Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/  
ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1)  
Media Dependent Interface  
pins (IRPAP/IRRGZ) (2)  
±8000  
±6000  
Electrostatic  
discharge  
V(ESD)  
V
Media Dependent Interface  
pins (CRRGZ)  
±1500 (RGZ)  
±750 (PAP)  
Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101(3)  
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Manufacturing with  
less than 500-V HBM is possible with the necessary precautions. Pins listed as ±8 V and/or ± 2 V may actually have higher  
performance.  
(2) MDI Pins tested as per IEC 61000-4-2 standards.  
(3) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. Manufacturing with  
less than 250-V CDM is possible with the necessary precautions. Pins listed as ±500 V may actually have higher performance.  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
MIN  
2.375  
1.71  
TYP  
2.5  
1.8  
1.1  
1
MAX  
2.625  
1.89  
UNIT  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA1P8  
VDD1P1 (PAP)  
VDD1P0 (RGZ)  
1.045  
0.95  
1.155  
1.155  
3.45  
Supply voltage  
V
3.3-V option  
2.5-V option  
1.8-V option  
3.15  
3.3  
2.5  
1.8  
VDDIO  
2.375  
1.71  
2.625  
1.89  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
15  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
MIN  
0
TYP  
25  
MAX  
UNIT  
°C  
Commercial (DP83867CRRGZ)  
Operating free air temperature  
70  
85  
90  
25  
°C  
40  
0
Commercial (DP83867CRRGZ)  
°C  
Operating junction temperature  
Industrial (DP83867IRRGZ)  
Industrial (DP83867IRPAP)  
105  
°C  
40  
7.4 Thermal Information  
THERMAL METRIC(1)  
DP83867IR  
DP83867IR,  
DP83867CR  
UNIT  
PAP (HTQFP)  
64 PINS  
30.9  
RGZ (QFN)  
48 PINS  
30.8  
RθJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance  
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance  
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance  
Junction-to-board thermal resistance  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
RθJC(top)  
RθJC(bot)  
RθJB  
13.6  
18.7  
0.9  
1.4  
15.6  
7.5  
0.4  
0.3  
Junction-to-top characterization parameter  
Junction-to-board characterization parameter  
ψJT  
15.5  
7.5  
ψJB  
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application  
report.  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics  
The electrical ratings specified in this section apply to all specifications in this document, unless otherwise noted. These  
specifications are interpreted as conditions that do not degrade the device parametric or functional specifications for the life  
of the product containing it.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
3.3-V VDDIO  
VOH  
High level output voltage  
Low level output voltage  
High level input voltage  
Low level input voltage  
2
V
V
V
V
IOH = 4 mA  
VOL  
IOL = 4 mA  
0.6  
0.7  
VIH  
1.7  
VIL  
2.5-V VVDDIO  
VOH  
VOL  
High level output voltage  
Low level output voltage  
High level input voltage  
Low level input voltage  
VDDIO × 0.8  
V
V
V
V
IOH = 4 mA  
IOL = 4 mA  
0.6  
0.7  
VIH  
1.7  
VIL  
1.8-V VDDIO  
VOH  
VOL  
High level output voltage  
Low level output voltage  
High level input voltage  
Low level input voltage  
V
V
V
V
IOH = 1 mA  
V
DDIO 0.2  
IOL = 1 mA  
0.2  
VIH  
0.7 × VDDIO  
VIL  
0.2 × VDDIO  
XI INPUT VOLTAGE  
VOSC  
Input voltage for 25 MHz  
Oscillator  
1.5  
1.4  
1.9  
Vpp  
VIH  
VIL  
High level input voltage  
Low level input voltage  
V
V
0.45  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
16  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
The electrical ratings specified in this section apply to all specifications in this document, unless otherwise noted. These  
specifications are interpreted as conditions that do not degrade the device parametric or functional specifications for the life  
of the product containing it.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
DC CHARACTERISTICS  
IIH  
Input high current  
VIN = VDD, TA = 40°C to  
+85°C  
10  
10  
µA  
µA  
10  
10  
10  
IIL  
Input low current  
VIN = GND, TA = 40°C to  
+85°C  
IOZ  
TRI-STATE output current  
Input capacitance  
VOUT = VDD, VOUT = GND,  
TA = 40°C to +85°C  
10  
5
µA  
pF  
CIN  
PMD OUTPUTS  
See (3)  
IRPAP/IRRGZ  
CRRGZ  
1.54  
0.95  
0.67  
1.75  
1.75  
1
1.96  
1.05  
0.82  
V Peak  
Differential  
VOD-10  
MDI  
IRPAP/IRRGZ  
CRRGZ  
V Peak  
Differential  
VOD-100  
MDI  
MDI  
1
IRPAP/IRRGZ  
CRRGZ  
0.745  
0.745  
V Peak  
Differential  
VOD-1000  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
17  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
The electrical ratings specified in this section apply to all specifications in this document, unless otherwise noted. These  
specifications are interpreted as conditions that do not degrade the device parametric or functional specifications for the life  
of the product containing it.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
POWER CONSUMPTION  
PAP  
P1000  
Power consumption, 2  
supplies (1) (2)  
530  
490  
mW  
mW  
P1000  
Power consumption, optional  
3rd supply(1) (2)  
IDD25  
Supply Current, 2 supplies  
141  
125  
22  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDD11  
IDDIO (1.8 V)  
IDD25  
Supply Current, optional 3rd  
supply  
90  
mA  
IDD11  
125  
51  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDD18  
IDDIO (1.8 V)  
RGZ  
19  
P1000  
Power consumption, 2  
supplies (1) (2)  
495  
457  
mW  
mW  
P1000  
Power consumption, optional  
3rd supply(1) (2)  
IDD25  
Supply Current, 2 supplies  
137  
108  
24  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDD10  
IDDIO (1.8 V)  
IDD25  
Supply Current, optional 3rd  
supply  
86  
mA  
IDD10  
108  
50  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDD18  
IDDIO (1.8 V)  
24  
(1) Power consumption represents total operational power for 1000BASE-T.  
(2) See 10 for details on 2-supply and 3-supply configuration.  
(3) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.6 Power-Up Timing  
See 7-13.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS(1)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
Post power-up stabilization time prior to MDC MDIO is pulled high for 32-bit serial  
T1  
T2  
T3  
200  
200  
64  
ms  
preamble for register accesses  
management initialization.  
Hardware Configuration Pins are  
described in 8.5.1.  
Hardware configuration latch-in time from  
power up  
ms  
ns  
Hardware configuration pins transition to  
output drivers  
(1) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
18  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.7 Reset Timing  
See 7-14.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS (1)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
MDIO is pulled high for 32-bit serial  
management initialization.  
MDC may toggle during this period when  
MDIO remains high.  
Post RESET stabilization time prior to MDC  
preamble for register accesses  
T1  
195  
µs  
T2  
T3  
T4  
Hardware Configuration Pins are  
described in 8.5.1.  
Hardware configuration latch-in time from the  
deassertion of RESET (either soft or hard)  
120  
64  
ns  
ns  
µs  
Hardware configuration pins transition to  
output drivers  
X1 Clock must be stable for a minimum of  
1 μs during RESET pulse low time  
RESET pulse width  
1
(1) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.8 MII Serial Management Timing  
See 7-15.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS(1)  
MIN  
0
NOM MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
T3  
T4  
MDC to MDIO (output) delay time  
MDIO (input) to MDC setup time  
MDIO (input) to MDC hold time  
MDC frequency  
10  
ns  
ns  
ns  
10  
10  
2.5  
25 MHz  
(1) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.9 RGMII Timing  
See 7-16 and .7-17  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS(5)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
Data to Clock output Skew  
(at Transmitter)  
TskewT  
TskewR  
TsetupT  
TholdT  
See (1)  
See (1)  
See (4)  
See (4)  
See (4)  
See (4)  
0
1.8  
2
500  
2.6  
ps  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
500  
1
Data to Clock input Skew  
(at Receiver)  
Data to Clock output Setup  
(at Transmitter internal delay)  
1.2  
Clock to Data output Hold  
(at Transmitter internal delay)  
1.2  
1
2
Data to Clock input Setup  
(at Reciever internal delay)  
TsetupR  
TholdR  
2
Clock to Data input Hold  
(at Receiver internal delay)  
1
2
ns  
ns  
Tcyc  
Clock Cycle Duration  
Duty Cycle for Gigabit  
Duty Cycle for 10/100T  
Rise Time (20% to 80%)  
Fall Time (20% to 80%)  
RGMII to MDI Latency  
MDI to RGMII Latency  
See (2)  
7.2  
45  
40  
8
50  
50  
8.8  
55%  
60%  
0.75  
0.75  
Duty_G  
Duty_T  
TR  
See (3) (7)  
See (3) (7)  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
TF  
TTXLAT  
TRXLAT  
See (6)  
See (6)  
88  
288  
(1) When operating without RGMII internal delay, the PCB design requires clocks to be routed such that an additional trace delay of  
greater than 1.5 ns is added to the associated clock signal.  
(2) For 10-Mbps and 100-Mbps, Tcyc will scale to 400 ns ± 40 ns and 40 ns ± 4 ns.  
(3) Duty cycle may be stretched or shrunk during speed changes or while transitioning to a received packets clock domain as long as  
minimum duty cycle is not violated and stretching occurs for no more that three Tcyc of the lowest speed transitioned between.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
19  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
(4) Device may operate with or without internal delay.  
(5) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
(6) Operating in 1000Base-T .  
(7) Duty cycle values are defined in percentages of the nominal clock speed. For example, the minimum Gigabit RGMII clock pulse  
duration is 45 % of 8 ns.  
7.10 GMII Transmit Timing(2)  
See 7-6.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
T3  
GTX_CLK Duty Cycle  
GTX_CLK Rise / Fall Time  
40%  
60%  
1
ns  
ns  
Setup from valid TXD, TX_EN  
and TX_ER to rising edge of  
GTX_CLK  
2
0.5  
T4  
Hold from rising edge of  
GTX_CLK to invalid TXD,  
TX_EN, and TX_ER  
ns  
T5  
T6  
GTX_CLK Stability  
100  
ppm  
ns  
100  
GMII to MDI Latency  
See (1)  
72  
(1) Operating in 1000Base-T .  
(2) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.11 GMII Receive Timing(2)  
See 7-7.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
0.5  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
Rising edge of RX_CLK to RXD,  
RX_DV, and RX_ER delay  
5.5  
ns  
T2  
T3  
T4  
RX_CLK Duty Cycle  
RX_CLK Rise / Fall Time  
MDI to GMII Latency  
40%  
60%  
1
ns  
ns  
See (1)  
264  
(1) Operating in 1000Base-T.  
(2) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.12 100-Mbps MII Transmit Timing(1)  
See 7-8.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
TX_CLK High/Low Time  
16  
20  
24  
ns  
ns  
TXD[3:0], TX_EN Data Setup to  
TX_CLK  
10  
0
T3  
TXD[3:0], TX_EN Data Hold from  
TX_CLK  
ns  
(1) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.13 100-Mbps MII Receive Timing(2)  
See 7-9.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
See (1)  
MIN  
16  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
RX_CLK High/Low Time  
20  
24  
30  
ns  
ns  
RX_CLK to RXD[3:0], RX_DV,  
RX_ER Delay  
10  
(1) RX_CLK may be held low or high for a longer period of time during transition between reference and recovered clocks. Minimum high  
and low times will not be violated.  
(2) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
20  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.14 10-Mbps MII Transmit Timing(2)  
See 7-10.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
See (1)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
TX_CLK High/Low Time  
190  
200  
210  
ns  
ns  
TXD[3:0], TX_EN Data Setup to  
TX_CLK falling edge  
25  
0
T3  
TXD[3:0], TX_EN Data Hold from  
TX_CLK rising edge  
ns  
(1) An attached MAC should drive the transmit signals using the positive edge of TX_CLK. As shown below, the MII signals are sampled  
on the falling edge of TX_CLK.  
(2) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.15 10-Mbps MII Receive Timing(2)  
See 7-11.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
See (1)  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
T1  
T2  
RX_CLK High/Low Time  
160  
200  
240  
300  
ns  
ns  
RXD[3:0], RX_DV transition delay  
from RX_CLK rising edge  
100  
100  
T3  
RX_CLK rising edge delay from  
RXD[3:0], RX_DV valid data  
(1) RX_CLK may be held low for a longer period of time during transition between reference and recovered clocks. Minimum high and low  
times will not be violated.  
(2) Ensured by production test, characterization, or design.  
7.16 DP83867IR/CR Start of Frame Detection Timing  
See 7-12.  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
1000-Mb Master  
MIN  
0
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
0
0
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
T1  
T2  
Transmit SFD variation(1) (2)  
1000-Mb Slave  
100-Mb  
0
0
16  
8
1000-Mb Master  
1000-Mb Slave  
100-Mb  
8  
8  
0
Receive SFD variation(1) (2)  
8
0
(1) A larger variation may be seen on SFD pulses than the variation specified here. To achieve the determinism specification listed, see  
the 8.3.2.1 section for a method to compensate for variation in the SFD pulses.  
(2) Variation of SFD pulses occurs from link-up to link-up. Packet to packet variation is fixed using the estimation method in 8.3.2.1.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
21  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
VDD  
XI clock  
T1  
Hardware  
RESET_N  
32  
CLOCKS  
MDC  
T2  
Latch-In of Hardware  
Configuration Pins  
T3  
Dual Function Pins  
Become Enabled As Outputs  
INPUT  
OUTPUT  
7-1. Power-Up Timing  
VDD  
XI clock  
T1  
T4  
Hardware  
RESET_N  
32  
CLOCKS  
MDC  
T2  
Latch-In of Hardware  
Configuration Pins  
T3  
Dual Function Pins  
Become Enabled As Outputs  
Input  
Output  
7-2. Reset Timing  
MDC  
T4  
T1  
MDIO  
(output)  
MDC  
T2  
T3  
MDIO  
(input)  
Valid Data  
7-3. MII Serial Management Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
22  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
GTX  
(at Transmitter)  
TskewT  
TXD [8:5][3:0]  
TXD [7:4][3:0]  
TXD [8:5]  
TXD [7:4]  
TXD [3:0]  
TXD [4]  
TXEN  
TXD [9]  
TXERR  
TX_CTL  
TskewR  
GTX  
(at Receiver)  
7-4. RGMII Transmit Multiplexing and Timing Diagram  
RXC  
(Source of Data)  
RXC with Internal  
Delay Added  
TsetupT  
RXD [8:5][3:0]  
RXD [7:4][3:0]  
RXD [8:5]  
RXD [7:4]  
RXD [3:0]  
TholdT  
RXD [4]  
RXDV  
RXD [9]  
RXERR  
RX_CTL  
RXC  
(at Receiver)  
TholdR  
TsetupR  
7-5. RGMII Receive Multiplexing and Timing Diagram  
tT5t  
tT1t  
GTX_CLK  
T2  
T4  
T2  
TXD [7:0]  
TX_EN  
TX_ER  
T3  
tT6t  
MDI  
Start of Frame  
7-6. GMII Transmit Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
23  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
tT2t  
T3  
T3  
RX_CLK  
tT1t  
RXD [7:0]  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
Valid Data  
tT4t  
MDI  
Start of Frame  
7-7. GMII Receive Timing  
T1  
T1  
TX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
TXD[3:0]  
TX_EN  
Valid Data  
7-8. 100-Mbps MII Transmit Timing  
T1  
T1  
RX_CLK  
T2  
RXD[3:0]  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
Valid Data  
7-9. 100-Mbps MII Receive Timing  
T1  
T1  
TX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
TXD[3:0]  
TX_EN  
Valid Data  
7-10. 10-Mbps MII Transmit Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
24  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
T1  
T1  
RX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
RXD[3:0]  
RX_DV  
Valid Data  
7-11. 10-Mbps MII Receive Timing  
T1  
TX SFD  
Packet  
Transmitted  
on Wire  
Packet  
Received  
from Wire  
T2  
RX SFD  
7-12. DP83867IR/CR Start of Frame Delimiter Timing  
7.17 Timing Diagrams  
VDD  
XI clock  
T1  
Hardware  
RESET_N  
32  
CLOCKS  
MDC  
T2  
Latch-In of Hardware  
Configuration Pins  
T3  
Dual Function Pins  
Become Enabled As Outputs  
INPUT  
OUTPUT  
7-13. Power-Up Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
25  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
VDD  
XI clock  
T1  
T4  
Hardware  
RESET_N  
32  
CLOCKS  
MDC  
T2  
Latch-In of Hardware  
Configuration Pins  
T3  
Dual Function Pins  
Become Enabled As Outputs  
Input  
Output  
7-14. Reset Timing  
MDC  
T4  
T1  
MDIO  
(output)  
MDC  
T2  
T3  
MDIO  
(input)  
Valid Data  
7-15. MII Serial Management Timing  
GTX  
(at Transmitter)  
TskewT  
TXD [8:5][3:0]  
TXD [7:4][3:0]  
TXD [8:5]  
TXD [3:0]  
TXD [7:4]  
TXD [4]  
TXEN  
TXD [9]  
TXERR  
TX_CTL  
TskewR  
GTX  
(at Receiver)  
7-16. RGMII Transmit Multiplexing and Timing Diagram  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
26  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
RXC  
(Source of Data)  
RXC with Internal  
Delay Added  
TsetupT  
RXD [8:5][3:0]  
RXD [7:4][3:0]  
RXD [8:5]  
RXD [7:4]  
RXD [3:0]  
TholdT  
RXD [4]  
RXDV  
RXD [9]  
RXERR  
RX_CTL  
RXC  
(at Receiver)  
TholdR  
TsetupR  
7-17. RGMII Receive Multiplexing and Timing Diagram  
tT5t  
tT1t  
GTX_CLK  
T2  
T4  
T2  
TXD [7:0]  
TX_EN  
TX_ER  
T3  
tT6t  
MDI  
Start of Frame  
7-18. GMII Transmit Timing  
tT2t  
T3  
T3  
RX_CLK  
tT1t  
RXD [7:0]  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
Valid Data  
tT4t  
MDI  
Start of Frame  
7-19. GMII Receive Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
27  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
T1  
T1  
TX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
TXD[3:0]  
TX_EN  
Valid Data  
7-20. 100-Mbps MII Transmit Timing  
T1  
T1  
RX_CLK  
T2  
RXD[3:0]  
RX_DV  
RX_ER  
Valid Data  
7-21. 100-Mbps MII Receive Timing  
T1  
T1  
TX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
TXD[3:0]  
TX_EN  
Valid Data  
7-22. 10-Mbps MII Transmit Timing  
T1  
T1  
RX_CLK  
T2  
T3  
RXD[3:0]  
RX_DV  
Valid Data  
7-23. 10-Mbps MII Receive Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
28  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
T1  
TX SFD  
Packet  
Transmitted  
on Wire  
Packet  
Received  
from Wire  
T2  
RX SFD  
7-24. DP83867IR/CR Start of Frame Delimiter Timing  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
29  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
7.18 Typical Characteristics  
Time (4 ns/DIV)  
Time (32 ns/DIV)  
1000Base-T Signaling  
100Base-TX Signaling  
(Scrambled Idles)  
(Test Mode TM2 Output)  
7-25. 1000Base-T Signaling  
7-26. 100Base-TX Signaling  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
30  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8 Detailed Description  
8.1 Overview  
The DP83867 is a fully featured Physical Layer transceiver with integrated PMD sub-layers to support 10BASE-  
Te, 100BASE-TX and 1000BASE-T Ethernet protocols.  
The DP83867 is designed for easy implementation of 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet LANs. It interfaces directly to  
twisted pair media via an external transformer. This device interfaces directly to the MAC layer through the IEEE  
802.3u Standard Media Independent Interface (MII), the IEEE 802.3z Gigabit Media Independent Interface  
(GMII), or Reduced GMII (RGMII).  
The DP83867 provides precision clock synchronization, including a synchronous Ethernet clock output. It has  
low jitter, low latency and provides IEEE 1588 Start of Frame Detection for time sensitive protocols.  
The DP83867 offers innovative diagnostic features including dynamic link quality monitoring for fault prediction  
during normal operation. It can support up to 130-m cable length.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
31  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram  
MGMT INTERFACE  
COMBINED MII / GMII / RGMII INTERFACE  
MGNT  
& PHY CNTRL  
MUX / DMUX  
MII  
GMII  
1000BASE-T  
Block  
100BASE-TX  
Block  
10BASE-Te  
Block  
MII  
MII  
GMII  
100BASE-TX  
PCS  
1000BASE-T  
PCS  
Echo cancellation  
Crosstalk cancellation  
ADC  
10BASE-Te PLS  
Decode / Descramble  
Equalization  
Timing  
Skew compensation  
BLW  
Wake on  
LAN  
100BASE-TX  
PMA  
10BASE-Te  
PMA  
10000BASE-T  
PMA  
Auto-  
Negotiation  
Manchester  
10 Mbps  
100BASE-TX  
PMD  
PAM-5  
17 Level PR Shaped  
125 Msymbols/s  
MLT-3  
100 Mbps  
DAC / ADC  
SUBSYSTEM  
TIMING  
DRIVERS /  
RECEIVERS  
DAC / ADC  
TIMING BLOCK  
MAGNETICS  
4-pair CAT-5 Cable  
8-1. DP83867IRPAP  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
32  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
MGMT INTERFACE  
RGMII INTERFACE  
MGNT  
& PHY CNTRL  
MUX / DMUX  
1000BASE-T  
Block  
100BASE-TX  
Block  
10BASE-Te  
Block  
100BASE-TX  
PCS  
1000BASE-T  
PCS  
Echo cancellation  
Crosstalk cancellation  
ADC  
10BASE-Te PLS  
Decode / Descramble  
Equalization  
Timing  
Skew compensation  
BLW  
Wake on  
LAN  
100BASE-TX  
PMA  
10BASE-Te  
PMA  
10000BASE-T  
PMA  
Auto-  
Negotiation  
Manchester  
10 Mbps  
100BASE-TX  
PMD  
PAM-5  
17 Level PR Shaped  
125 Msymbols/s  
MLT-3  
100 Mbps  
DAC / ADC  
SUBSYSTEM  
TIMING  
DRIVERS /  
RECEIVERS  
DAC / ADC  
TIMING BLOCK  
MAGNETICS  
4-pair CAT-5 Cable  
8-2. DP83867IRRGZ, DP83867CRRGZ  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
33  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.3 Feature Description  
8.3.1 WoL (Wake-on-LAN) Packet Detection  
Wake-on-LAN provides a mechanism for bringing the DP83867 out of a low-power state using a special Ethernet  
packet called a Magic Packet. The DP83867 can be configured to generate an interrupt to wake up the MAC  
when a qualifying packet is received. An option is also available to generate a signal on a GPIO when a  
qualifying signal is received.  
备注  
Please ensure that BMCR (register address 0x0000) bit[10] is disabled, when using the WoL feature.  
This bit enables the MII ISOLATE function used to disable the MAC interface of the PHY, also  
disabling the WoL interrupt on this PHY. If the WoL feature is needed while MII ISOLATE is enabled  
please use TI's DP83869HM PHY instead.  
The Wake-on-LAN feature includes the following functionality:  
Identification of magic packets in all supported speeds (1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 10BASE-Te)  
Wakeup interrupt generation upon receiving a valid magic packet  
CRC checking of magic packets to prevent interrupt generation for invalid packets  
In addition to the basic magic packet support, the DP83867 also supports:  
Magic packets that include secure-on password  
Pattern match one configurable 64 byte pattern of that can wake up the MAC similar to magic packet  
Independent configuration for Wake on Broadcast and Unicast packet types.  
8.3.1.1 Magic Packet Structure  
When configured for Magic Packet mode, the DP83867 scans all incoming frames addressed to the node for a  
specific data sequence. This sequence identifies the frame as a Magic Packet frame.  
备注  
The Magic Packet should be byte aligned.  
A Magic Packet frame must also meet the basic requirements for the LAN technology chosen, such as SOURCE  
ADDRESS, DESTINATION ADDRESS (which may be the receiving stations IEEE address or a BROADCAST  
address), and CRC.  
The specific Magic Packet sequence consists of 16 duplications of the IEEE address of this node, with no breaks  
or interruptions, followed by secure-on password if security is enabled. This sequence can be located anywhere  
within the packet, but must be preceded by a synchronization stream. The synchronization stream is defined as  
6 bytes of FFh.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
34  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
DEST (6 bytes)  
SRC (6 bytes)  
MISC (X bytes, X >= 0)  
FF… FF (6 bytes)  
MAGIC pattern  
DEST * 16  
SecureOn Password (6 bytes)  
MISC (Y bytes, Y >= 0)  
CRC (4 bytes)  
Only if Secure-On is enabled  
8-3. Magic Packet Structure  
8.3.1.2 Magic Packet Example  
The following is an example Magic Packet for a Destination Address of 11h 22h 33h 44h 55h 66h and a  
SecureOn Password 2Ah 2Bh 2Ch 2Dh 2Eh 2Fh:  
DESTINATION SOURCE MISC FF FF FF FF FF FF 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11  
22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44  
55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 11  
22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F MISC CRC  
8.3.1.3 Wake-on-LAN Configuration and Status  
Wake-on-LAN functionality is configured through the RXFCFG register (address 0x0134). Wake-on-LAN status  
is reported in the RXFSTS register (address 0x0135).  
8.3.2 Start of Frame Detect for IEEE 1588 Time Stamp  
The DP83867 supports an IEEE 1588 indication pulse at the SFD (start frame delimiter) for the receive and  
transmit paths. The pulse can be delivered to various pins. The pulse indicates the actual time the symbol is  
presented on the lines (for transmit), or the first symbol received (for receive). The exact timing of the pulse can  
be adjusted through register. Each increment of phase value is an 8-ns step.  
8-4. IEEE 1588 Message Timestamp Point  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
35  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
The SFD pulse output can be configured using the GPIO Mux Control registers, GPIO_MUX_CTRL1 (register  
address 0x0171) and GPIO_MUX_CTRL2 (register address 0x0172). The RGZ devices support only register  
GPIO_MUX_CTRL2 (address 0x172).  
For more information about configuring the DP83867's SFD feature, see the How to Configure DP83867 Start of  
Frame application report (SNLA242).  
8.3.2.1 SFD Latency Variation and Determinism  
Time stamping packet transmission and reception using the RX_CTRL and TX_CTRL signals of RGMII is not  
accurate enough for latency sensitive protocols. SFD pulses offers system designers a method to improve the  
accuracy of packet time stamping. The SFD pulse, while varying less than RGMII signals inherently, still exhibits  
latency variation due to the defined architecture of 1000BASE-T. This section provides a method to determine  
when an SFD latency variation has occurred and how to compensate for the variation in system software to  
improve timestamp accuracy.  
In the following section the terms baseline latency and SFD variation are used. Baseline latency is the time  
measured between the TX_SFD pulse to the RX_SFD pulse of a connected link partner, assuming an Ethernet  
cable with all 4 pairs perfectly matched in propagation time. In the scenario where all 4 pairs being perfectly  
matched, a 1000BASE-T PHY will not have to align the 4 received symbols on the wire and will not introduce  
extra latency due to alignment.  
TX SFD  
Baseline Latency  
RX SFD  
SFD Variation  
8-5. Baseline Latency and SFD Variation in Latency Measurement  
SFD variation is additional time added to the baseline latency before the RX_SFD pulse when the PHY must  
introduce latency to align the 4 symbols from the Ethernet cable. Variation can occur when a new link is  
established either by cable connection, auto-negotiation restart, PHY reset, or other external system effects.  
During a single, uninterrupted link, the SFD variation will remain constant.  
The DP83867 can limit and report the variation applied to the SFD pulse while in the 1000-Mb operating mode.  
Before a link is established in 1000-Mb mode, the Sync FIFO Control Register (register address 0x00E9) must  
be set to value 0xDF22. The below SFD variation compensation method can only be applied after the Sync FIFO  
Control Register has been initialized and a new link has been established. It is acceptable to set the Sync FIFO  
Control register value and then perform a software restart by setting the SW_RESTART bit[14] in the Control  
Register (register address 0x001F) if a link is already present.  
8.3.2.1.1 1000-Mb SFD Variation in Master Mode  
When the DP83867 is operating in 1000-Mb master mode, variation of the RX_SFD pulse can be estimated  
using the Skew FIFO Status register (register address 0x0055) bit[7:4]. The value read from the Skew FIFO  
Status register bit[7:4] must be multiplied by 8 ns to estimate the RX_SFD variation added to the baseline  
latency.  
Example: While operating in master 1000-Mb mode, a value of 0x2 is read from the Skew FIFO register bit[7:4].  
2 × 8 ns = 16 ns is subtracted from the TX_SFD to RX_SFD measurement to determine the baseline latency.  
8.3.2.1.2 1000-Mb SFD Variation in Slave Mode  
When the DP83867 is operating in 1000-Mb slave mode, the variation of the RX_SFD pulse can be determined  
using the Skew FIFO Status register (register address 0x0055) bit[3:0].The value read from the Skew FIFO  
Status register bit[3:0] should be multiplied by 8ns to estimate the RX_SFD variation added to the baseline  
latency.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
36  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Example: While operating in slave 1000-Mb mode, a value of 0x1 is read from the Skew FIFO register bit[3:0].  
1 × 8 ns = 8 ns is subtracted from the TX_SFD to RX_SFD measurement to determine the baseline latency.  
8.3.2.1.3 100-Mb SFD Variation  
The latency variation in 100-Mb mode of operation is determined by random process and does not require any  
register readout or system level compensation of SFD pulses.  
8.3.3 Clock Output  
The DP83867 has several internal clocks, including the local reference clock, the Ethernet transmit clock, and  
the Ethernet receive clock. An external crystal or oscillator provides the stimulus for the local reference clock.  
The local reference clock acts as the central source for all clocking in the device.  
The local reference clock is embedded into the transmit network packet traffic and is recovered from the network  
packet traffic at the receiver node. The receive clock is recovered from the received Ethernet packet data stream  
and is locked to the transmit clock in the partner.  
Using the I/O Configuration register (address 0x0170), the DP83867 can be configured to output these internal  
clocks through the CLK_OUT pin. By default, the output clock is synchronous to the XI oscillator / crystal input.  
Through registers, the output clock can be configured to be synchronous to the receive data at the 125-MHz  
data rate or at the divide by 5 rate of 25 MHz. It can also be configured to output the line driver transmit clock.  
When operating in 1000Base-T mode, the output clock can be configured for any of the four transmit or receive  
channels.  
The output clock can be disabled using the CLK_O_DISABLE bit of the I/O Configuration register. It can also be  
disabled by default using the Clock Out Disable strap. This strap is only available for the PAP devices. For more  
information, see 8.5.1.  
8.4 Device Functional Modes  
8.4.1 MAC Interfaces  
The DP83867 supports connection to an Ethernet MAC via the following interfaces: RGMII, GMII, and MII.  
The RGMII Disable strap (RX_D6) determines the default state of the MAC interface. The RGMII Disable strap  
corresponds to the RGMII Enable (bit 7) in the RGMIICTL register (address 0x0032). When RGMII mode is  
disabled, the DP83867 operates in GMII mode.  
RGMII ENABLE (Register 0x0032, bit 7)  
DEVICE FUNCTIONAL MODE  
0x1  
0x0  
RGMII  
GMII  
The initial strap value for the RGMII disable is also available in the Strap Configuration Status Register 1  
(STRAP_STS1).  
8.4.1.1 Reduced GMII (RGMII)  
The Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII) is designed to reduce the number of pins required to  
interconnect the MAC and PHY (12 pins for RGMII relative to 24 pins for GMII). To accomplish this goal, the data  
paths and all associated control signals are reduced and are multiplexed. Both rising and trailing edges of the  
clock are used. For Gigabit operation the GTX_CLK and RX_CLK clocks are 125 MHz, and for 10- and 100-  
Mbps operation, the clock frequencies are 2.5 MHz and 25 MHz, respectively.  
For more information about RGMII timing, see the RGMII Interface Timing Budgets application report  
(SNLA243).  
8.4.1.1.1 1000-Mbps Mode Operation  
All RGMII signals are positive logic. The 8-bit data is multiplexed by taking advantage of both clock edges. The  
lower 4 bits are latched on the positive clock edge and the upper 4 bits are latched on trailing clock edge. The  
control signals are multiplexed into a single clock cycle using the same technique.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
37  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
To reduce power consumption of RGMII interface, TXEN_ER and RXDV_ER are encoded in a manner that  
minimizes transitions during normal network operation. This is done by following encoding method. Note that the  
value of GMII_TX_ER and GMII_TX_EN are valid at the rising edge of the clock. In RGMII mode, GMII_TX_ER  
is presented on TX_CTRL at the falling edge of the GTX_CLK clock. RX_CTRL coding is implemented the same  
fashion.  
When receiving a valid frame with no error, RX_CTRL = True is generated as a logic high on the rising edge of  
RX_CLK and RX_CTRL = False is generated as a logic high at the falling edge of RX_CLK. When no frame is  
being received, RX_CTRL = False is generated as a logic low on the rising edge of RX_CLK and RX_CTRL =  
False is generated as a logic low on the falling edge of RX_CLK.  
TX_CTRL is treated in a similar manner. During normal frame transmission, the signal stays at a logic high for  
both edges of GTX_CLK and during the period between frames where no error is indicated, the signal stays low  
for both edges.  
8.4.1.1.2 1000-Mbps Mode Timing  
The DP83867 provides configurable clock skew for the GTX_CLK and RX_CLK to optimize timing across the  
interface. The transmit and receive paths can be optimized independently. Both the transmit and receive path  
support 16 programmable RGMII delay modes via register configuration.  
The timing paths can either be configured for Aligned mode or Shift mode. In Aligned mode, no clock skew is  
introduced. In Shift mode, the clock skew can be introduced in 0.25 ns increments (via register configuration).  
Configuration of the Aligned mode or Shift mode is accomplished via the RGMII Control Register (RGMIICTL),  
address 0x0032. In Shift mode, the clock skew can be adjusted using the RGMII Delay Control Register  
(RGMIIDCTL), address 0x0086.  
8.4.1.1.3 10- and 100-Mbps Mode  
When the RGMII interface is operating in the 100-Mbps mode, the Ethernet Media Independent Interface (MII) is  
implemented by reducing the clock rate to 25 MHz. For 10-Mbps operation, the clock is further reduced to 2.5  
MHz. In the RGMII 10/100 mode, the transmit clock RGMII TX_CLK is generated by the MAC and the receive  
clock RGMII RX_CLK is generated by the PHY. During the packet receiving operation, the RGMII RX_CLK may  
be stretched on either the positive or negative pulse to accommodate the transition from the free-running clock to  
a data synchronous clock domain. When the speed of the PHY changes, a similar stretching of the positive or  
negative pulses is allowed. No glitch is allowed on the clock signals during clock speed transitions.  
This interface operates at 10- and 100-Mbps speeds the same way it does at 1000-Mbps mode with the  
exception that the data may be duplicated on the falling edge of the appropriate clock.  
The MAC holds the RGMII TX_CLK low until it has ensured that it is operating at the same speed as the PHY.  
PHY  
MAC  
TX_CTRL  
GTX_CLK  
TX_D [3:0]  
RX_CTRL  
RX_CLK  
RX_D [3:0]  
8-6. RGMII Connections  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
38  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.4.1.2 Gigabit MII (GMII)  
The Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) is the IEEE defined interface for use between an Ethernet PHY  
and an Ethernet MAC. GMII is available on the PAP devices only. The purpose of GMII is to make various  
physical media transparent to the MAC layer. The GMII Interface accepts either GMII or MII data, control and  
status signals and routes them either to the 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, or 10BASE-Te modules, respectively.  
The GMII interface has the following characteristics:  
Supports 10/100/1000 Mbps operation  
Data and delimiters are synchronous to clock references  
Provides independent 8-bit wide transmit and receive data paths  
Provides a simple management interface  
Provides for Full-Duplex operation  
The GMII interface is defined in IEEE 802.3 Clause 35. In each direction of data transfer, there are Data (an  
eight-bit bundle), Delimiter, Error, and Clock signals. GMII signals are defined such that an implementation may  
multiplex most GMII signals with the similar PCS service interface defined in IEEE 802.3 Clause 22. Two media  
status signals are provided. One indicates the presence of carrier (CRS), and the other indicates the occurrence  
of a collision (COL). The MII signal names have been retained and the functions of most signals are the same,  
but additional valid combinations of signals have been defined for 1000 Mbps operation.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
39  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
The connection diagram for GMII is shown in 8-7.  
8-7. GMII Connections  
8.4.1.3 Media Independent Interface (MII)  
MII connections are used for 10/100 data. MII is compatible with GMII and will be used for 10/100 data when the  
device is configured for GMII. MII is available on PAP devices only.  
The DP83867 incorporates the Media Independent Interface (MII) as specified in Clause 22 of the IEEE 802.3  
standard. This interface may be used to connect PHY devices to a MAC in 10/100 Mbps systems. This section  
describes the nibble wide MII data interface.  
The nibble wide MII data interface consists of a receive bus and a transmit bus each with control signals to  
facilitate data transfer between the PHY and the upper layer (MAC).  
8.4.1.3.1 Nibble-wide MII Data Interface  
Clause 22 of the IEEE 802.3 specification defines the Media Independent Interface. This interface includes a  
dedicated receive bus and a dedicated transmit bus. These two data buses, along with various control and  
status signals, allow for the simultaneous exchange of data between the DP83867 and the upper layer agent  
(MAC).  
The receive interface consists of a nibble wide data bus RXD[3:0], a receive error signal RX_ER, a receive data  
valid flag RX_DV, and a receive clock RX_CLK for synchronous transfer of the data. The receive clock operates  
at either 2.5 MHz to support 10 Mbps operation modes or at 25 MHz to support 100 Mbps operational modes.  
The transmit interface consists of a nibble wide data bus TXD[3:0], a transmit enable control signal TX_EN, and  
a transmit clock TX_CLK which runs at either 2.5 MHz or 25 MHz. Additionally, the MII includes the carrier sense  
signal CRS, as well as a collision detect signal COL. The CRS signal asserts to indicate the reception of data  
from the network or as a function of transmit data in Half-Duplex mode. The COL signal asserts as an indication  
of a collision which can occur during Half-Duplex operation when both a transmit and receive operation occur  
simultaneously.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
40  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.4.1.3.2 Collision Detect  
When in Half-Duplex mode, a 10BASE-Te or 100BASE-TX collision is detected when the receive and transmit  
channels are active simultaneously. Collisions are reported by the COL signal on the MII.  
The COL signal remains set for the duration of the collision. If the PHY is receiving when a collision is detected,  
it is reported immediately (through the COL pin).  
Collision is not indicated during Full-Duplex operation.  
8.4.1.3.3 Carrier Sense  
In 10 Mbps operation, Carrier Sense (CRS) is asserted due to receive activity once valid data is detected via the  
squelch function. During 100 Mbps operation CRS is asserted when a valid link (SD) and two non-contiguous  
zeros are detected on the line.  
For 10 or 100 Mbps Half-Duplex operation, CRS is asserted during either packet transmission or reception.  
For 10 or 100 Mbps Full-Duplex operation, CRS is asserted only due to receive activity.  
CRS is deasserted following an end of packet.  
The connection diagram for MII is shown in 8-8.  
8-8. MII Connections  
8.4.2 Serial Management Interface  
The Serial Management Interface (SMI), provides access to the DP83867 internal register space for status  
information and configuration. The SMI is compatible with IEEE 802.3-2002 clause 22. The implemented register  
set consists of the registers required by the IEEE 802.3, plus several others to provide additional visibility and  
controllability of the DP83867 device.  
The SMI includes the MDC management clock input and the management MDIO data pin. The MDC clock is  
sourced by the external management entity, also called Station (STA), and can run at a maximum clock rate of  
25 MHz. MDC is not expected to be continuous, and can be turned off by the external management entity when  
the bus is idle.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
41  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
The MDIO is sourced by the external management entity and by the PHY. The data on the MDIO pin is latched  
on the rising edge of the MDC clock. The MDIO pin requires a pullup resistor (2.2 kΩ) which, during IDLE and  
turnaround, pulls MDIO high.  
Up to 16 PHYs can share a common SMI bus. To distinguish between the PHYs, a 4-bit address is used. During  
power-up reset, the DP83867 latches the PHY_ADD configuration pins to determine its address. The  
DP83867IRPAP 64-pin variant can support up to 32 PHYs and uses a 5-bit address.  
The management entity must not start an SMI transaction in the first cycle after power-up reset. To maintain valid  
operation, the SMI bus must remain inactive at least one MDC cycle after hard reset is deasserted. In normal  
MDIO transactions, the register address is taken directly from the management-frame reg_addr field, thus  
allowing direct access to 32 16-bit registers (including those defined in IEEE 802.3 and vendor specific). The  
data field is used for both reading and writing. The Start code is indicated by a <01> pattern. This pattern makes  
sure that the MDIO line transitions from the default idle line state. Turnaround is defined as an idle bit time  
inserted between the Register Address field and the Data field. To avoid contention during a read transaction, no  
device may actively drive the MDIO signal during the first bit of turnaround. The addressed DP83867 drives the  
MDIO with a zero for the second bit of turnaround and follows this with the required data. 8-9 shows the  
timing relationship between MDC and the MDIO as driven and received by the Station (STA) and the DP83867  
(PHY) for a typical register read access.  
For write transactions, the station-management entity writes data to the addressed DP83867, thus eliminating  
the requirement for MDIO turnaround. The turnaround time is filled by the management entity by inserting <10>.  
8-9 shows the timing relationship for a typical MII register write access. The frame structure and general read  
and write transactions are shown in 8-1, 8-9, and 8-10.  
8-1. Typical MDIO Frame Format  
TYPICAL MDIO FRAME FORMAT  
Read Operation  
<idle><start><op code><device addr><reg addr><turnaround><data<<idle>  
<idle><01><10><AAAA><RRRR><Z0><xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx><idle>  
<idle><01<01><AAAA><RRRR><10><xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx><idle>  
Write Operation  
8-9. Typical MDC/MDIO Read Operation  
8-10. Typical MDC/MDIO Write Operation  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
42  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.4.2.1 Extended Address Space Access  
The DP83867 SMI function supports read or write access to the extended register set using registers REGCR  
(0x000Dh) and ADDAR (0x000Eh) and the MDIO Manageable Device (MMD) indirect method defined in IEEE  
802.3ah Draft for clause 22 for accessing the clause 45 extended register set.  
The standard register set, MDIO registers 0 to 31, is accessed using the normal direct-MDIO access or the  
indirect method, except for register REGCR (0x000Dh) and ADDAR (0x000Eh) which is accessed only using the  
normal MDIO transaction. The SMI function ignores indirect accesses to these registers.  
REGCR (0x000Dh) is the MDIO Manageable MMD access control. In general, register REGCR(4:0) is the  
device address DEVAD that directs any accesses of ADDAR (0x000Eh) register to the appropriate MMD.  
The DP83867 supports one MMD device address. The vendor-specific device address DEVAD[4:0] = 11111 is  
used for general MMD register accesses.  
All accesses through registers REGCR and ADDAR must use the correct DEVAD. Transactions with other  
DEVAD are ignored. REGCR[15:14] holds the access function: address (00), data with no post increment (01),  
data with post increment on read and writes (10) and data with post increment on writes only (11).  
ADDAR is the address and data MMD register. ADDAR is used in conjunction with REGCR to provide the  
access to the extended register set. If register REGCR[15:1] is 00, then ADDAR holds the address of the  
extended address space register. Otherwise, ADDAR holds the data as indicated by the contents of its  
address register. When REGCR[15:14] is set to 00, accesses to register ADDAR modify the extended  
register set address register. This address register must always be initialized to access any of the registers  
within the extended register set.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to 01, accesses to register ADDAR access the register within the extended  
register set selected by the value in the address register.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to 10, access to register ADDAR access the register within the extended register  
set selected by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for both reads and writes, the  
value in the address register is incremented.  
When REGCR[15:14] is set to 11, access to register ADDAR access the register within the extended register  
set selected by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for write accesses only, the  
value in the address register is incremented. For read accesses, the value of the address register remains  
unchanged.  
The following sections describe how to perform operations on the extended register set using register REGCR  
and ADDAR. The descriptions use the device address for general MMD register accesses (DEVAD[4:0] = 11111).  
8.4.2.1.1 Write Address Operation  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 2) continue to write the address register.  
8.4.2.1.2 Read Address Operation  
To read the address register:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Read the register address from register ADDAR.  
8.4.2.1.3 Write (No Post Increment) Operation  
To write a register in the extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x401F (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set register to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 4) continue to rewrite the register selected by the value in the  
address register.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
43  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Note: steps (1) and (2) can be skipped if the address register was previously configured.  
8.4.2.1.4 Read (No Post Increment) Operation  
To read a register in the extended register set:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x401F (data, no post increment function field = 01, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set register to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent reads from register ADDAR (step 4) continue reading the register selected by the value in the  
address register.  
Note: steps (1) and (2) can be skipped if the address register was previously configured.  
8.4.2.1.5 Write (Post Increment) Operation  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Write the register address from register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x801F (data, post increment on reads and writes function field = 10, DEVAD = 31) or the  
value 0xC01F (data, post increment on writes function field = 11. DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
4. Write the content of the desired extended register set register to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent writes to register ADDAR (step 4) write the next higher addressed data register selected by the  
value of the address register; the address register is incremented after each access.  
8.4.2.1.6 Read (Post Increment) Operation  
To read a register in the extended register set and automatically increment the address register to the next  
higher value following the write operation:  
1. Write the value 0x001F (address function field = 00, DEVAD = 31) to register REGCR.  
2. Write the desired register address to register ADDAR.  
3. Write the value 0x801F (data, post increment on reads and writes function field = 10, DEVAD = 31) to  
register REGCR.  
4. Read the content of the desired extended register set register to register ADDAR.  
Subsequent reads to register ADDAR (step 4) read the next higher addressed data register selected by the  
value of the address register; the address register is incremented after each access.  
8.4.2.1.7 Example of Read Operation Using Indirect Register Access  
Read register 0x0170.  
1. Write register 0x0D to value 0x001F.  
2. Write register 0x0E to value 0x0170  
3. Write register 0x0D to value 0x401F.  
4. Read register 0x0E.  
The expected default value is 0x0C10.  
8.4.2.1.8 Example of Write Operation Using Indirect Register Access  
Write register 0x0170 to value 0x0C50.  
1. Write register 0x0D to value 0x001F.  
2. Write register 0x0E to value 0x0170  
3. Write register 0x0D to value 0x401F.  
4. Write register 0x0E to value 0x0C50.  
This write disables the output clock on the CLK_OUT pin.  
8.4.3 Auto-Negotiation  
All 1000BASE-T PHYs are required to support Auto-Negotiation. The Auto-Negotiation function in 1000BASE-T  
has three primary purposes:  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
44  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Auto-Negotiation of Speed and Duplex Selection  
Auto-Negotiation of Master or Slave Resolution  
Auto-Negotiation of Pause or Asymetrical Pause Resolution  
8.4.3.1 Speed and Duplex Selection - Priority Resolution  
The Auto-Negotiation function provides a mechanism for exchanging configuration information between the two  
ends of a link segment. This mechanism is implemented by exchanging Fast Link Pulses (FLP). FLPs are burst  
pulses that provide the signalling used to communicate the abilities between two devices at each end of a link  
segment. For further details regarding Auto-Negotiation, refer to Clause 28 of the IEEE 802.3 specification. The  
DP83867 supports 1000BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, and 1000BASE-T modes of operation. The process of Auto-  
Negotiation ensures that the highest performance protocol is selected (that is, priority resolution) based on the  
advertised abilities of the Link Partner and the local device.  
8.4.3.2 Master and Slave Resolution  
If 1000BASE-T mode is selected during the priority resolution, the second goal of Auto-Negotiation is to resolve  
Master or Slave configuration. The Master mode priority is given to the device that supports multiport nodes,  
such as switches and repeaters. Single node devices such as DTE or NIC card takes lower Master mode priority.  
8.4.3.3 Pause and Asymmetrical Pause Resolution  
When Full-Duplex operation is selected during priority resolution, the Auto-Negotiation also determines the Flow  
Control capabilities of the two link partners. Flow control was originally introduced to force a busy stations Link  
Partner to stop transmitting data in Full-Duplex operation. Unlike Half-Duplex mode of operation where a link  
partner could be forced to back off by simply generating collisions, the Full-Duplex operation needed a  
mechanism to slow down transmission from a link partner in the event that the receiving stations buffers are  
becoming full. A new MAC control layer was added to handle the generation and reception of Pause Frames.  
Each MAC Controller has to advertise whether it is capable of processing Pause Frames. In addition, the MAC  
Controller advertises if Pause frames can be handled in both directions, that is, receive and transmit. If the MAC  
Controller only generates Pause frames but does not respond to Pause frames generated by a link partner, it is  
called Asymmetrical Pause. The advertisement of Pause and Asymmetrical Pause capabilities is enabled by  
writing 1 to bits 10 and 11 of ANAR (register address 0x0004). The link partners Pause capabilities is stored in  
ANLPAR (register address 0x0005) bits 10 and 11. The MAC Controller has to read from ANLPAR to determine  
which Pause mode to operate. The PHY layer is not involved in Pause resolution other than simply advertising  
and reporting of Pause capabilities.  
8.4.3.4 Next Page Support  
The DP83867 supports the Auto-Negotiation Next Page protocol as required by IEEE 802.3 clause 28.2.4.1.7.  
The ANNPTR 0x07 allows for the configuration and transmission of the Next Page. Refer to clause 28 of the  
IEEE 802.3 standard for detailed information regarding the Auto-Negotiation Next Page function.  
8.4.3.5 Parallel Detection  
The DP83867 supports the Parallel Detection function as defined in the IEEE 802.3 specification. Parallel  
Detection requires the 10/100-Mbps receivers to monitor the receive signal and report link status to the Auto-  
Negotiation function. Auto-Negotiation uses this information to configure the correct technology in the event that  
the Link Partner does not support Auto-Negotiation, yet is transmitting link signals that the 10BASE-Te or  
100BASE-X PMA recognize as valid link signals.  
If the DP83867 completes Auto-Negotiation as a result of Parallel Detection, without Next Page operation, bits 5  
and 7 of ANLPAR (register address 0x0005) are set to reflect the mode of operation present in the Link Partner.  
Note that bits 4:0 of the ANLPAR are also set to 00001 based on a successful parallel detection to indicate a  
valid 802.3 selector field. Software may determine that the negotiation is completed through Parallel Detection  
by reading 0 in bit 0 of ANER (register address 0x006) after Auto-Negotiation Complete, bit 5 of BMSR (register  
address 0x0001), is set. If the PHY is configured for parallel detect mode and any condition other than a good  
link occurs, the parallel detect fault, bit 4 of ANER (register address 0x06), sets.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
45  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.4.3.6 Restart Auto-Negotiation  
If a link is established by successful Auto-Negotiation and then lost, the Auto-Negotiation process resumes to  
determine the configuration for the link. This function ensures that a link can be re-established if the cable  
becomes disconnected and reconnected. After Auto-Negotiation is completed, it may be restarted at any time by  
writing 1 to bit 9 of the BMCR (register address 0x0000). A restart Auto-Negotiation request from any entity, such  
as a management agent, causes DP83867 to halt data transmission or link pulse activity until the  
break_link_timer expires. Consequently, the Link Partner goes into link fail mode and the resume Auto-  
Negotiation. The DP83867 resumes Auto-Negotiation after the break_link_timer has expired by transmitting FLP  
(Fast Link Pulse) bursts.  
8.4.3.7 Enabling Auto-Negotiation Through Software  
If Auto-Negotiation is disabled by MDIO access, and the user desires to restart Auto-Negotiation, this could be  
accomplished by software access. Bit 12 of BMCR (register address 0x00) should be cleared and then set for  
Auto-Negotiation operation to take place.  
If Auto-Negotiation is disabled by strap option, Auto-Negotiation can not be reenabled.  
8.4.3.8 Auto-Negotiation Complete Time  
Parallel detection and Auto-Negotiation typically take 2-3 seconds to complete. In addition, Auto-Negotiation with  
next page exchange takes approximately 2-3 seconds to complete, depending on the number of next pages  
exchanged. Refer to Clause 28 of the IEEE 802.3 standard for a full description of the individual timers related to  
Auto-Negotiation  
8.4.3.9 Auto-MDIX Resolution  
The DP83867 can determine if a straight or crossover cable is used to connect to the link partner. It can  
automatically re-assign channel A and B to establish link with the link partner, (and channel C and D in  
1000BASE-T mode). Auto-MDIX resolution precedes the actual Auto-Negotiation process that involves  
exchange of FLPs to advertise capabilities. Automatic MDI/MDIX is described in IEEE 802.3 Clause 40, section  
40.8.2. It is not a required implementation for 10BASE-Te and 100BASE-TX. DP83867 devices manufactured  
after August, 2022, have an increased random seed value that now includes 255 different seed values to  
expedite Auto-MDIX resolution with a link partner.  
For 10/100, Auto-MDIX is independent of Auto-Negotiation. Auto-MDIX works in both Auto-Negotiation mode  
and manual forced speed mode.  
8.4.4 Loopback Mode  
There are several options for Loopback that test and verify various functional blocks within the PHY. Enabling  
loopback mode allows in-circuit testing of the digital and analog data paths. Generally, the DP83867 may be  
configured to one of the Near-end loopback modes or to the Far-end (reverse) loopback. MII Loopback is  
configured using the BMCR (register address 0x0000). All other loopback modes are enabled using the BISCR  
(register address 0x16). Except where otherwise noted, loopback modes are supported for all speeds  
(10/100/1000) and all MAC interfaces (RGMII and GMII).  
Reverse  
Loopback  
PCS  
Loopback  
Analog  
Loopback  
MAC  
MII  
Loopback  
Digital  
Loopback  
External  
Loopback  
8-11. Loopbacks  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
46  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
The availability of Loopback depends on the operational mode of the PHY. The Link Status in these loopback  
modes is also affected by the operational mode. 8-2 lists out the availability of Loopback Modes and their  
corresponding Link Status indication.  
8-2. Loopback Availability  
1000M  
100M  
10M  
LOOPBACK  
MODE  
MAC INTERFACE  
AVAILABILIT  
LINK  
STATUS  
AVAILABILIT  
LINK  
STATUS  
AVAILABILIT  
Y
LINK STATUS  
Y
Y
MII  
GMII/RGMII  
GMII/RGMII  
GMII/RGMII  
GMII/RGMII  
GMII/RGMII  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
No  
No  
PCS  
Digital  
Analog  
External  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
8.4.4.1 Near-End Loopback  
Near-end loopback provides the ability to loop the transmitted data back to the receiver through the digital or  
analog circuitry. The point at which the signal is looped back is selected using loopback control bits with several  
options being provided.  
When configuring loopback modes, the Loopback Configuration Register (LOOPCR), address 0x00FE, should  
be set to 0xE720.  
To maintain the desired operating mode, Auto-Negotiation should be disabled before selecting the Near-End  
Loopback mode. This constraint does not apply for external-loopback mode.  
Auto-MDIX should be disabled before selecting the Near-End Loopback mode. MDI or MDIX configuration  
should be manually configured.  
8.4.4.1.1 MII Loopback  
MII Loopback is the shallowest loop through the PHY. It is a useful test mode to validate communications  
between the MAC and the PHY. While in MII Loopback mode the data is looped back, and can also be  
configured through register to transmit onto the media.  
8.4.4.1.2 PCS Loopback  
PCS Loopback occurs in the PCS layer of the PHY. No signal processing is performed when using PCS  
Loopback.  
8.4.4.1.3 Digital Loopback  
Digital Loopback includes the entire digital transmit receive path. Data is looped back prior to the analog  
circuitry.  
8.4.4.1.4 Analog Loopback  
Analog Loopback includes the entire analog transmit-receive path.  
8.4.4.2 External Loopback  
When operating in 10BASE-Te or 100Base-T mode, signals can be looped back at the RJ-45 connector by  
wiring the transmit pins to the receive pins. Due to the nature of the signaling in 1000Base-T mode, this type of  
external loopback is not supported. Analog loopback provides a way to loop data back in the analog circuitry  
when operating in 1000Base-T mode. For proper operation in Analog Loopback mode, attach 100-Ω  
terminations to the RJ45 connector.  
8.4.4.3 Far-End (Reverse) Loopback  
Far-end (Reverse) Loopback is a special test mode to allow testing the PHY from the link-partner side. In this  
mode, data that is received from the link partner passes through the PHY's receiver, is looped back at the MAC  
interface and is transmitted back to the link partner. While in Reverse Loopback mode, all data signals that come  
from the MAC are ignored. Through register configuration, data can also be transmitted onto the MAC Interface.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
47  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.4.5 BIST Configuration  
The device incorporates an internal PRBS Built-in Self Test (BIST) circuit to accommodate in-circuit testing or  
diagnostics. The BIST circuit can be used to test the integrity of the transmit and receive data paths. The BIST  
can be performed using both internal loopback (digital or analog) or external loopback using a cable fixture. The  
BIST simulates pseudo-random data transfer scenarios in format of real packets and Inter-Packet Gap (IPG) on  
the lines.  
The BIST is implemented with independent transmit and receive paths, with the transmit block generating a  
continuous stream of a pseudo-random sequence. The device generates a 15-bit pseudo-random sequence for  
the BIST. The received data is compared to the generated pseudo-random data by the BIST Linear Feedback  
Shift Register (LFSR) to determine the BIST pass or fail status. The number of error bytes that the PRBS  
checker received is stored in the BICSR2 register (0x0072). The status of whether the PRBS checker is locked  
to the incoming receive bit stream, whether the PRBS has lost sync, and whether the packet generator is busy,  
can be read from the STS2 register (0x0017h). While the lock and sync indications are required to identify the  
beginning of proper data reception, for any link failures or data corruption, the best indication is the contents of  
the error counter in the BICSR2 register (0x0072). The number of received bytes are stored in BICSR1 (0x0071).  
The PRBS test can be put in a continuous mode by using bit 14 of the BISCR register (0x0016h). In continuous  
mode, when one of the PRBS counters reaches the maximum value, the counter starts counting from zero  
again. Packet transmission can be configured for one of two types, 64 and 1518 bytes, through register bit 13 of  
the BISCR register (0x0016).  
8.4.6 Cable Diagnostics  
With the vast deployment of Ethernet devices, the need for reliable, comprehensive and user-friendly cable  
diagnostic tool is more important than ever. The wide variety of cables, topologies, and connectors deployed  
results in the need to non-intrusively identify and report cable faults. The TI cable-diagnostic unit provides  
extensive information about cable integrity. The DP83867 offers, Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) capability in  
its Cable Diagnostic tools kit.  
8.4.6.1 TDR  
The DP83867 uses Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) to determine the quality of the cables, connectors, and  
terminations in addition to estimating the cable length. Some of the possible problems that can be diagnosed  
include opens, shorts, cable impedance mismatch, bad connectors, termination mismatches, cross faults, cross  
shorts, and any other discontinuities along the cable.  
The DP83867 transmits a test pulse of known amplitude (1 V or 2.5 V) down each of the two pairs of an attached  
cable. The transmitted signal continues down the cable and reflects from each cable imperfection, fault, bad  
connector, and from the end of the cable itself. After the pulse transmission, the DP83867 measures the return  
time and amplitude of all these reflected pulses. This technique enables measuring the distance and magnitude  
(impedance) of non-terminated cables (open or short), discontinuities (bad connectors), improperly-terminated  
cables, and crossed pairs wires with ±1-m accuracy.  
The DP83867 also uses data averaging to reduce noise and improve accuracy. The DP83867 can record up to  
five reflections within the tested pair. If more than 5 reflections are recorded, the DP83867 saves the first 5 of  
them. If a cross fault is detected, the TDR saves the first location of the cross fault and up to 4 reflections in the  
tested channel. The DP83867 TDR can measure cables beyond 100 m in length.  
For all TDR measurements, the transformation between time of arrival and physical distance is done by the  
external host using minor computations (such as multiplication, addition, and lookup tables). The host must know  
the expected propagation delay of the cable, which depends, among other things, on the cable category (for  
example, CAT5, CAT5e, or CAT6).  
TDR measurement is allowed in the DP83867 in the following scenarios:  
While Link partner is disconnected cable is unplugged at the other side  
Link partner is connected but remains quiet (for example, in power-down mode)  
TDR could be automatically activated when the link fails or is dropped by setting bit 7 of register 0x0009  
(CFG1). The results of the TDR run after the link fails are saved in the TDR registers.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
48  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Software could read these registers at any time to apply post processing on the TDR results. This mode is  
designed for cases when the link dropped due to cable disconnections; after link failure, for instance, the line is  
quiet to allow a proper function of the TDR.  
8.4.6.2 Energy Detect  
The energy-detector module provides signal-strength indication in various scenarios. Because it is based on an  
IIR filter, this robust energy detector has excellent reaction time and reliability. The filter output is compared to  
predefined thresholds to decide the presence or absence of an incoming signal. The energy detector also  
implements hysteresis to avoid jittering in signal-detect indication. Additionally, it has fully-programmable  
thresholds and listening-time periods, enabling shortening of the reaction time if required.  
8.4.6.3 Fast Link Detect  
Several advanced modes are available for fast link establishment. Unlike the Auto-Negotiation and Auto-MDIX  
mechanisms defined by the IEEE 802.3 specification, these modes are specific to the DP83867. Take care when  
implementing these modes. For best operation, TI recommends implementing these modes with a DP83867 on  
both ends of the link.  
These advanced link and crossover modes depend on the speed selected for the link. Some modes are  
intended for use in 1000Base-T operation. Others are intended for use in 100Base-TX operation.  
Fast Link Detect functionality can be configured using the Configuration Register 3 (CFG3), address 0x001E.  
8.4.6.4 Speed Optimization  
Speed optimization, also known as link downshift, enables fallback to 100-M operation after multiple consecutive  
failed attempts at Gigabit link establishment. Such a case could occur if cabling with only four wires (two twisted  
pairs) were connected instead of the standard cabling with eight wires (four twisted pairs).  
The number of failed link attempts before falling back to 100-M operation is configurable. By default, four failed  
link attempts are required before falling back to 100 M.  
In enhanced mode, fallback to 100 M can occur after one failed link attempt if energy is not detected on the C  
and D channels. Speed optimization also supports fallback to 10 M if link establishment fails in Gigabit and in  
100-M mode.  
Speed optimization can be enabled via strap or through register configuration.  
8.4.6.5 Mirror Mode  
In some multiport applications, RJ-45 ports may be mirrored relative to one another. This mirroring can require  
crossing board traces. The DP83867 can resolve this issue by implementing mirroring of the ports inside the  
device.  
In 10/100 operation, the mapping of the port mirroring is:  
MDI MODE  
MIRROR PORT CONFIGURATION  
MDI  
A D  
B C  
A D  
B C  
MDIX  
In Gigabit operation, the mapping of the port mirroring is:  
MDI MODE  
MIRROR PORT CONFIGURATION  
MDI or MDIX  
A D  
B C  
C B  
D A  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
49  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Mirror mode can be enabled through strap or through register configuration using the Port Mirror Enable bit in  
the CFG4 register (address 0x0031). In Mirror mode, the polarity of the signals is also reversed.  
8.4.6.6 Interrupt  
The DP83867 can be configured to generate an interrupt when changes of internal status occur. The interrupt  
allows a MAC to act upon the status in the PHY without polling the PHY registers. The interrupt source can be  
selected through the interrupt registers, MICR (register address 0x0012) and ISR (register address 0x0013).  
8.4.6.7 IEEE 802.3 Test Modes  
IEEE 802.3 specification for 1000BASE-T requires that the PHY layer be able to generate certain well defined  
test patterns on TX outputs. Clause 40 section 40.6.1.1.2 Test Modes describes these tests in detail. There are  
four test modes as well as the normal operation mode. These modes can be selected by writing to the CFG1  
register (address 0x0009).  
See IEEE 802.3 section 40.6.1.1.2 Test modes for more information on the nature of the test modes. The  
DP83867 provides a test clock synchronous to the IEEE test patterns. The test patterns are output on the MDI  
pins of the device and the transmit clock is output on the CLK_OUT pin.  
For more information about configuring the DP83867 for IEEE 802.3 compliance testing, see the How to  
Configure DP838XX for Ethernet Compliance Testing application report (SNLS239).  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
50  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.5 Programming  
8.5.1 Strap Configuration  
The DP83867 uses many of the functional pins as strap options to place the device into specific modes of  
operation. The values of these pins are sampled at power up or hard reset. During software resets, the strap  
options are internally reloaded from the values sampled at power up or hard reset. The strap option pin  
assignments are defined below. The functional pin name is indicated in parentheses.  
The strap pins supported are 4-level straps, which are described in greater detail below.  
备注  
Because strap pins may have alternate functions after reset is deasserted, they should not be  
connected directly to VDD or GND.  
Configuration of the device may be done through the 4-level strap pins or through the management register  
interface. A pullup resistor and a pulldown resistor of suggested values may be used to set the voltage ratio of  
the 4-level strap pin input and the supply to select one of the possible selected modes.  
The MAC interface pins must support I/O voltages of 3.3 V, 2.5 V, and 1.8 V. As the strap inputs are implemented  
on these pins, the straps must also support operation at 3.3-V, 2.5-V, and 1.8-V supplies.  
For more information about configuring 4-level straps, see the Configuring Ethernet Devices with 4-Level Straps  
application report (SNLA258).  
VDDIO  
DP83867  
Rhi  
V
STRAP  
9k  
25%  
Rlo  
8-12. Strap Circuit  
8-3. 4-Level Strap Resistor Ratios  
TARGET VOLTAGE  
MODE  
IDEAL Rhi (k)  
IDEAL Rlo (k)  
Vmin (V)  
0
Vtyp (V)  
0
Vmax (V)  
1
2
3
4
0.098 × VDDIO  
0.191 × VDDIO  
0.284 × VDDIO  
0.888 × VDDIO  
OPEN  
10  
OPEN  
2.49  
0.140 × VDDIO  
0.225 × VDDIO  
0.694 × VDDIO  
0.165 × VDDIO  
0.255 × VDDIO  
0.783 × VDDIO  
5.76  
2.49  
2.49  
OPEN  
All straps have a 9 kΩ ±25% internal pulldown resistor. The voltage at strap pins should be between the Vmin  
and Vmax mentioned in the Target Voltage column in 8-3. Strap resistors with 1% tolerance are  
recommended.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
51  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
The following tables describes the DP83867 configuration straps:  
8-4. 4-Level Strap Pins  
PIN NAME  
64 HTQFP PIN #  
48 QFN PIN #  
DEFAULT  
STRAP FUNCTION  
RX_D0  
44  
33  
[00]  
MODE  
PHY_ADD1  
PHY_ADD0  
1
0
0
2
0
1
3
1
0
4
1
1
RX_D2  
RX_D4  
46  
48  
35  
[00]  
[00]  
MODE  
PHY_ADD3  
PHY_ADD2  
1
0
0
2
0
1
3
1
0
4
1
1
MODE  
ANEG_SEL1  
PHY_ADD4  
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Half-Duplex  
Enable (FD/HD)  
RX_D5  
RX_D6  
49  
50  
[00]  
[00]  
MODE  
Force MDI/X  
1
0
0
2
0
1
3
1
0
4
1
1
MODE  
RGMII Disable  
AMDIX Disable  
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Speed  
Optimization  
Enable  
RX_D7  
51  
[00]  
MODE  
Clock Out Disable  
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
RX_DV/  
53  
56  
38  
[0]  
[0]  
MODE  
Autoneg Disable  
RX_CTRL(2)  
1
2
3
4
N/A  
N/A  
0
(Straps Required)  
1
Fast Link Drop  
(FLD)  
CRS(3)  
MODE  
1
2
3
4
0
1
N/A  
N/A  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
52  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-4. 4-Level Strap Pins (continued)  
PIN NAME  
64 HTQFP PIN #  
48 QFN PIN #  
DEFAULT  
STRAP FUNCTION  
RGMII Clock  
Skew TX[1]  
RGMII Clock  
Skew TX[0]  
LED_2(1)  
45  
[00]  
MODE  
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
RGMII Clock  
Skew TX[2]  
LED_1 (RGZ)  
46  
[00]  
MODE  
ANEG_SEL  
1
0
0
1
0
1
2
0
3
1
4
1
LED_1 (PAP)  
62  
63  
[0]  
[0]  
MODE  
ANEG_SEL0  
1
0
2
0
3
1
4
1
LED_0(4)  
47  
39  
MODE  
Mirror Enable  
1
2
3
4
0
N/A  
1
N/A  
RGMII Clock  
Skew RX[0]  
GPIO_0(1)  
[00]  
[00]  
MODE  
1
2
3
4
0
Not Applicable  
1
Not Applicable  
RGMII Clock  
Skew RX[2]  
RGMII Clock  
Skew RX[1]  
GPIO_1  
40  
MODE  
1
2
3
4
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
(1) RGMII TX and RX DLL Skew straps are only available on RGZ devices.  
(2) Strap modes 1 and 2 are not applicable for RX_DV/RX_CTRL. The RX_DV/RX_CTRL strap must be configured for strap mode 3 or  
strap mode 4. If the RX_CTRL pin cannot be strapped to mode 3 or mode 4, bit[7] of Configuration Register 4 (address 0x0031) must  
be cleared to 0. Autoneg Disable should always be set to 0 when using gigabit Ethernet.  
(3) Strap modes 3 and 4 are not applicable for CRS. The CRS strap must be configured for strap mode 1 or strap mode 2.  
(4) Strap modes 2 and 4 are not applicable for LED_0. The LED_0 strap must be configured for strap mode 1 or strap mode 3.  
8-5. PAP Auto-negotiation Select Strap Details  
MODE  
ANEG_SEL0  
ANEG_SEL1  
REMARKS  
10/100/1000  
100/1000  
1000  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
advertise ability of 10/100/1000  
advertise ability of 100/1000 only  
advertise ability of 1000 only  
advertise ability of 10/100 only  
10/100  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
53  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-6. RGZ Auto-negotiation Select Strap Details  
MODE  
ANEG_SEL  
REMARKS  
10/100/1000  
100/1000  
0
1
advertise ability of 10/100/1000  
advertise ability of 100/1000 only  
8-7. RGZ RGMII Transmit Clock Skew Details  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
TX[1]  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
MODE  
RGMII TX CLOCK SKEW  
TX[2]  
TX[0]  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2.0 ns  
1.5 ns  
1.0 ns  
0.5 ns  
0 ns  
3.5 ns  
3.0 ns  
2.5 ns  
8-8. RGZ RGMII Receive Clock Skew Details  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
RX[1]  
RGMII CLOCK SKEW  
MODE  
RGMII RX CLOCK SKEW  
RX[2]  
RX[0]  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2.0 ns  
1.5 ns  
1.0 ns  
0.5 ns  
0 ns  
3.5 ns  
3.0 ns  
2.5 ns  
8.5.2 LED Configuration  
The DP83867 supports four configurable Light Emitting Diode (LED) pins: LED_0, LED_1, LED_2, and RXD7/  
GPIO. Several functions can be multiplexed onto the LEDs for different modes of operation. The LED operation  
mode can be selected using the LEDCR1 register (address 0x0018).  
Because the LED output pins are also used as straps, the external components required for strapping and LED  
usage must be considered to avoid contention. Specifically, when the LED outputs are used to drive LEDs  
directly, the active state of each output driver is dependent on the logic level sampled by the corresponding AN  
input upon power up or reset.  
If a given strap input is resistively pulled low then the corresponding output is configured as an active high driver.  
In the context of the 4-level straps, this occurs for modes 1, 2, and 3. Conversely, if a given strap input is  
resistively pulled high, then the corresponding output is configured as an active low driver. In the context of the  
4-level straps, this occurs only for mode 4.  
Refer to 8-13 for an example of strap connections to external components. In this example, the strapping  
results in Mode 1 for LED_0 and Mode 4 for LED_1.  
The adaptive nature of the LED outputs helps to simplify potential implementation issues of these dual purpose  
pins.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
54  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
Mode 1  
Mode 4  
470Ω  
470Ω  
VDD  
GND  
8-13. Example Strap Connections  
8.5.3 LED Operation From 1.8-V I/O VDD Supply  
Operation of LEDs from a 1.8-V supply results in dim LED lighting. For best results, the recommendation is to  
operate from a higher supply (2.5 V or 3.3 V). Refer to 8-14 for a possible implementation of this functionality.  
2.5V or 3.3V  
Mode 2  
200 Ω  
1.8V  
10 kΩ  
2.49 kΩ  
GND  
GND  
8-14. LED Operation From 1.8-V I/O VDD Supply  
8.5.4 PHY Address Configuration  
The DP83867IRPAP can be set to respond to any of 32 possible PHY addresses via strap pins.  
DP83867IRRGZ/CRRGZ support 16 addresses. The information is latched into the device at a device power up  
or hardware reset. Each DP83867 or port sharing an MDIO bus in a system must have a unique physical  
address. The DP83867IRPAP supports PHY address strapping values 0 (<00000>) through 31 (<11111>).  
DP83867IRRGZ/CRRGZ support PHY addresses from 0(<0000>) to 16(<1111>).  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
55  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
For further detail relating to the latch-in timing requirements of the PHY Address pins, as well as the other  
hardware configuration pins, refer to 8.5.5.  
Based on the default strap configuration of PHY_ADD[4:0], the DP83867 PHY address will initialize to 0x00  
without any external strap configuration.  
Refer to 8-15 for an example of a PHY address connection to external components. In this example, the pins  
are configured as follows: RX_D4 = Strap Mode 4, RX_D2 = Strap Mode 3, and RX_D0 = Strap Mode 2.  
Therefore, the PHY address strapping results in address 11001 (19h).  
VDDIO  
10 kΩ  
RX_D0  
2.49 kΩ  
VDDIO  
5.76 kΩ  
RX_D2  
2.49 kΩ  
RX_D4  
2.49 kΩ  
8-15. IRPAP PHY Address Strapping Example  
Refer to 8-16 for an example of a PHY address connection to external components. In this example, the pins  
are configured as follows: RX_D2 = Strap Mode 3 and RX_D0 = Strap Mode 2. Therefore, the PHY address  
strapping results in address 1001 (09h).  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
56  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
VDDIO  
10 kΩ  
RX_D0  
VDDIO  
2.49 kΩ  
5.76 kΩ  
RX_D2  
2.49 kΩ  
8-16. RGZ PHY Address Strapping Example  
8.5.5 Reset Operation  
The DP83867 includes an internal power-on-reset (POR) function and therefore does not need to be explicitly  
reset for normal operation after power up. If required during normal operation, the device can be reset by a  
hardware or software reset.  
8.5.5.1 Hardware Reset  
A hardware reset is accomplished by applying a low pulse, with a duration of at least 1 μs, to the RESET_N pin.  
This resets the device such that all registers are reinitialized to default values and the hardware configuration  
values are re-latched into the device (similar to the power up or reset operation).  
8.5.5.2 IEEE Software Reset  
An IEEE registers software reset is accomplished by setting the reset bit (bit 15) of the BMCR register (address  
0x0000). This bit resets the IEEE-defined standard registers.  
8.5.5.3 Global Software Reset  
A global software reset is accomplished by setting bit 15 of register CTRL (address 0x001F) to 1. This bit resets  
all the internal circuits in the PHY including IEEE-defined registers and all the extended registers. The global  
software reset resets the device such that all registers are reset to default values and the hardware configuration  
values are maintained.  
8.5.5.4 Global Software Restart  
A global software restart is accomplished by setting bit 14 of register CTRL (0x001F) to 1. This action resets all  
the PHY circuits except the registers in the Register File.  
8.5.6 Power-Saving Modes  
DP83867 supports 4 power saving modes. The details are provided below.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
57  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.5.6.1 IEEE Power Down  
The PHY is powered down but access to the PHY through MDIO-MDC pins is retained. This mode can be  
activated by asserting external PWDN pin or by setting bit 11 of BMCR (Register 0x00).  
The PHY can be taken out of this mode by a power cycle, software reset, or by clearing the bit 11 in BMCR  
register. However, the external PWDN pin should be deasserted. If the PWDN pin is kept asserted then the PHY  
remains in power down.  
8.5.6.2 Deep Power-Down Mode  
This same as IEEE power down but the XI pad is also turned off. This mode can be activated by asserting the  
external PWDN pin or by setting bit 11 of BMCR (Register 0x00). Before activating this mode, it is required to set  
bit 7 for PHYCR (Register 0x10).  
The PHY can be taken out of this mode by a power cycle, software reset or by clearing the bit 11 in BMCR  
register. However, the external PWDN pin should be de-asserted. If the PWDN pin is kept asserted then the PHY  
remains in power down.  
8.5.6.3 Active Sleep  
In this mode, all the digital and analog blocks are powered down. The PHY is automatically powered up when a  
link partner is detected. This mode is useful for saving power when the link partner is down or inactive, but PHY  
cannot be powered down. In Active Sleep mode, the PHY still routinely sends NLP to the link partner. This mode  
can be active by writing binary 10 to bits [9:8] for PHYCR (Register 0x10).  
8.5.6.4 Passive Sleep  
This is just like Active sleep except the PHY does not send NLP. This mode can be activated by writing binary 11  
to bits [9:8] PHYCR (Register 0x10).  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
58  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6 Register Maps  
In the register definitions under the Defaultheading, the following definitions hold true:  
RW  
Read Write access  
SC  
Register sets on event occurrence and Self-Clears when event ends  
ReadWrite access/Self Clearing bit  
Read Only access  
RW/SC  
RO  
COR  
COR = Clear On Read  
RO/COR Read Only, Clear On Read  
RO/P  
LL  
Read Only, Permanently set to a default value  
Latched Low and held until read, based upon the occurrence of the corresponding event  
Latched High and held until read, based upon the occurrence of the corresponding event  
Default value loaded from bootstrap pin after reset  
LH  
Strap  
8.6.1 Basic Mode Control Register (BMCR)  
8-9. Basic Mode Control Register (BMCR), Address 0x0000  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
0, RW/SC  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
RESET  
Reset:  
1 = Initiate software Reset / Reset in Process.  
0 = Normal operation.  
This bit, which is self-clearing, returns a value of one until the reset  
process is complete. The configuration is restrapped.  
LOOPBACK  
0, RW  
Loopback:  
1 = Loopback enabled.  
0 = Normal operation.  
The loopback function enables MII transmit data to be routed to the  
MII receive data path.  
Setting this bit may cause the descrambler to lose synchronization  
and produce a 500-µs dead time before any valid data will appear at  
the MII receive outputs.  
13  
SPEED SELECTION LSB  
0, RW  
Speed Select (Bits 6, 13):  
When auto-negotiation is disabled writing to this bit allows the port  
speed to be selected.  
11 = Reserved  
10 = 1000 Mbps  
1 = 100 Mbps  
0 = 10 Mbps  
12  
11  
AUTO-NEGOTIATION ENABLE Strap, RW  
Auto-Negotiation Enable:  
Strap controls initial value at reset.  
1 = Auto-Negotiation Enabled - bits 8 and 13 of this register are  
ignored when this bit is set.  
0 = Auto-Negotiation Disabled - bits 8 and 13 determine the port  
speed and duplex mode.  
POWER DOWN  
0, RW  
Power Down:  
1 = Power down.  
0 = Normal operation.  
Setting this bit powers down the PHY. Only the register block is  
enabled during a power down condition. This bit is ORd with the  
input from the PWRDOWN_INT pin. When the active low  
PWRDOWN_INT pin is asserted, this bit will be set.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
59  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-9. Basic Mode Control Register (BMCR), Address 0x0000 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
10  
9
ISOLATE  
0, RW  
Isolate:  
1 = Isolates the Port from the MII with the exception of the serial  
management.  
0 = Normal operation.  
RESTART AUTO-NEGOTIATION 0, RW/SC  
Restart Auto-Negotiation:  
1 = Restart Auto-Negotiation. Reinitiates the Auto-Negotiation  
process. If Auto-Negotiation is disabled (bit 12 = 0), this bit is  
ignored. This bit is self-clearing and will return a value of 1 until  
Auto-Negotiation is initiated, whereupon it will self-clear. Operation of  
the Auto-Negotiation process is not affected by the management  
entity clearing this bit.  
0 = Normal operation.  
8
7
DUPLEX MODE  
Strap, RW  
0, RW  
Duplex Mode:  
When auto-negotiation is disabled writing to this bit allows the port  
Duplex capability to be selected.  
1 = Full Duplex operation.  
0 = Half Duplex operation.  
COLLISION TEST  
Collision Test:  
1 = Collision test enabled.  
0 = Normal operation.  
When set, this bit will cause the COL signal to be asserted in  
response to the assertion of TX_EN within 512-bit times. The COL  
signal will be deasserted within 4-bit times in response to the  
deassertion of TX_EN.  
6
SPEED SELECTION MSB  
RESERVED  
1, RW  
Speed Select: See description for bit 13.  
RESERVED: Write ignored, read as 0.  
5:0  
0 0000, RO  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
60  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.2 Basic Mode Status Register (BMSR)  
8-10. Basic Mode Status Register (BMSR), Address 0x0001  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
100BASE-T4  
0, RO/P  
100BASE-T4 Capable:  
0 = Device not able to perform 100BASE-T4 mode.  
100BASE-TX FULL DUPLEX  
100BASE-TX HALF DUPLEX  
10BASE-Te FULL DUPLEX  
10BASE-Te HALF DUPLEX  
100BASE-T2 FULL DUPLEX  
100BASE-T2 HALF DUPLEX  
EXTENDED STATUS  
1, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
0, RO/P  
0, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
0, RO  
100BASE-TX Full Duplex Capable:  
1 = Device able to perform 100BASE-TX in full duplex mode.  
100BASE-TX Half Duplex Capable:  
1 = Device able to perform 100BASE-TX in half duplex mode.  
10BASE-Te Full Duplex Capable:  
1 = Device able to perform 10BASE-Te in full duplex mode.  
10BASE-Te Half Duplex Capable:  
1 = Device able to perform 10BASE-Te in half duplex mode.  
100BASE-T2 Full Duplex Capable:  
0 = Device not able to perform 100BASE-T2 in full duplex mode.  
100BASE-T2 Half Duplex Capable:  
0 = Device not able to perform 100BASE-T2 in half duplex mode.  
8
1000BASE-T Extended Status Register:  
1 = Device supports Extended Status Register 0x0F.  
7
6
RESERVED  
RESERVED: Write as 0, read as 0.  
MF PREAMBLE SUPPRESSION 1, RO/P  
Preamble Suppression Capable:  
1 = Device able to perform management transaction with preamble  
suppressed, 32-bits of preamble needed only once after reset,  
invalid opcode or invalid turnaround.  
0 = Normal management operation.  
5
4
AUTO-NEGOTIATION  
COMPLETE  
0, RO  
Auto-Negotiation Complete:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation process complete.  
0 = Auto-Negotiation process not complete.  
REMOTE FAULT  
0, RO/LH  
Remote Fault:  
1 = Remote Fault condition detected (cleared on read or by reset).  
Fault criteria: Far-End Fault Indication or notification from Link  
Partner of Remote Fault.  
0 = No remote fault condition detected.  
3
2
AUTO-NEGOTIATION ABILITY  
LINK STATUS  
1, RO/P  
Auto Negotiation Ability:  
1 = Device is able to perform Auto-Negotiation.  
0 = Device is not able to perform Auto-Negotiation.  
0, RO/LL  
Link Status:  
1 = Valid link established.  
0 = Link not established.  
The criteria for link validity is implementation specific. The  
occurrence of a link failure condition will causes the Link Status bit to  
clear. Once cleared, this bit may only be set by establishing a good  
link condition and a read through the management interface.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
61  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-10. Basic Mode Status Register (BMSR), Address 0x0001 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
1
0
JABBER DETECT  
0, RO/LH  
Jabber Detect: This bit only has meaning in 10-Mbps mode.  
1 = Jabber condition detected.  
0 = No Jabber.  
This bit is implemented with a latching function, such that the  
occurrence of a jabber condition causes it to set until it is cleared by  
a read to this register by the management interface or by a reset.  
EXTENDED CAPABILITY  
1, RO/P  
Extended Capability:  
1 = Extended register capabilities.  
0 = Basic register set capabilities only.  
8.6.3 PHY Identifier Register #1 (PHYIDR1)  
The PHY Identifier Registers #1 and #2 together form a unique identifier for the DP83867. The Identifier consists  
of a concatenation of the Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI), the vendor's model number and the model  
revision number. A PHY may return a value of zero in each of the 32 bits of the PHY Identifier if desired. The  
PHY Identifier is intended to support network management. Texas Instruments' IEEE assigned OUI is 080028h.  
8-11. PHY Identifier Register #1 (PHYIDR1), Address 0x0002  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
OUI_MSB  
0010 0000 0000 OUI Most Significant Bits: Bits 3 to 18 of the OUI (080028h,) are  
0000, RO/P  
stored in bits 15 to 0 of this register. The most significant two bits of  
the OUI are ignored (the IEEE standard refers to these as bits 1 and  
2).  
8.6.4 PHY Identifier Register #2 (PHYIDR2)  
8-12. PHY Identifier Register #2 (PHYIDR2), Address 0x0003  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:10  
9:4  
OUI_LSB  
1010 00, RO/P OUI Least Significant Bits:  
Bits 19 to 24 of the OUI (080028h) are mapped from bits 15 to 10 of  
this register respectively.  
VNDR_MDL  
MDL_REV  
10 0011, RO/P Vendor Model Number:  
The six bits of vendor model number are mapped from bits 9 to 4  
(most significant bit to bit 9).  
3:0  
0001, RO/P  
Model Revision Number:  
Four bits of the vendor model revision number are mapped from bits  
3 to 0 (most significant bit to bit 3). This field will be incremented for  
all major device changes.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
62  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.5 Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (ANAR)  
This register contains the advertised abilities of this device as they will be transmitted to its link partner during  
Auto-Negotiation. Any writes to this register prior to completion of Auto-Negotiation (as indicated in the Basic  
Mode Status Register (address 01h) Auto-Negotiation Complete bit, BMSR[5]) should be followed by a  
renegotiation. This will ensure that the new values are properly used in the Auto-Negotiation.  
8-13. Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (ANAR), Address 0x0004  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
NP  
0, RW  
Next Page Indication:  
0 = Next Page Transfer not desired.  
1 = Next Page Transfer desired.  
14  
13  
RESERVED  
RF  
0, RO/P  
0, RW  
RESERVED by IEEE: Writes ignored, Read as 0.  
Remote Fault:  
1 = Advertises that this device has detected a Remote Fault.  
0 = No Remote Fault detected.  
12  
11  
RESERVED  
ASM_DIR  
0, RW  
0, RW  
RESERVED for Future IEEE use: Write as 0, Read as 0  
Asymmetric PAUSE Support for Full Duplex Links:  
The ASM_DIR bit indicates that asymmetric PAUSE is supported.  
Encoding and resolution of PAUSE bits is defined in IEEE 802.3  
Annex 28B, Tables 28B-2 and 28B-3, respectively. Pause resolution  
status is reported in PHYCR[13:12].  
1 = Advertise that the DTE (MAC) has implemented both the optional  
MAC control sublayer and the pause function as specified in clause  
31 and annex 31B of 802.3u.  
0 = No MAC based full duplex flow control.  
10  
PAUSE  
0, RW  
PAUSE Support for Full Duplex Links:  
The PAUSE bit indicates that the device is capable of providing the  
symmetric PAUSE functions as defined in Annex 31B.  
Encoding and resolution of PAUSE bits is defined in IEEE 802.3  
Annex 28B, Tables 28B-2 and 28B-3, respectively. Pause resolution  
status is reported in PHYCR[13:12].  
1 = Advertise that the DTE (MAC) has implemented both the optional  
MAC control sublayer and the pause function as specified in clause  
31 and annex 31B of 802.3u.  
0 = No MAC based full duplex flow control.  
9
8
7
6
T4  
0, RO/P  
100BASE-T4 Support:  
1 = 100BASE-T4 is supported by the local device.  
0 = 100BASE-T4 not supported.  
TX_FD  
TX  
Strap, RW  
Strap, RW  
Strap, RW  
100BASE-TX Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 100BASE-TX Full Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 100BASE-TX Full Duplex not supported.  
100BASE-TX Support:  
1 = 100BASE-TX is supported by the local device.  
0 = 100BASE-TX not supported.  
10_FD  
10BASE-Te Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 10BASE-Te Full Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 10BASE-Te Full Duplex not supported.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
63  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-13. Auto-Negotiation Advertisement Register (ANAR), Address 0x0004 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
5
10BASETe_EN  
Strap, RW  
10BASE-Te Support:  
1 = 10BASE-Te is supported by the local device.  
0 = 10BASE-Te not supported.  
4:0  
SELECTOR  
0 0001, RW  
Protocol Selection Bits:  
These bits contain the binary encoded protocol selector supported by  
this port. <00001> indicates that this device supports IEEE 802.3u.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
64  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.6 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Ability Register (ANLPAR) (BASE Page)  
This register contains the advertised abilities of the Link Partner as received during Auto-Negotiation. The  
content changes after the successful Auto-Negotiation if Next pages are supported.  
8-14. Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Ability Register (ANLPAR), Address 0x0005  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
NP  
0, RO  
Next Page Indication:  
0 = Link Partner does not desire Next Page Transfer.  
1 = Link Partner desires Next Page Transfer.  
ACK  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Acknowledge:  
1 = Link Partner acknowledges reception of the ability data word.  
0 = Not acknowledged.  
The Auto-Negotiation state machine will automatically control this bit  
based on the incoming FLP bursts.  
13  
RF  
Remote Fault:  
1 = Remote Fault indicated by Link Partner.  
0 = No Remote Fault indicated by Link Partner.  
12  
11  
RESERVED  
ASM_DIR  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED for Future IEEE use: Write as 0, read as 0.  
ASYMMETRIC PAUSE:  
1 = Asymmetric pause is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = Asymmetric pause is not supported by the Link Partner.  
10  
9
PAUSE  
T4  
0, RO  
PAUSE:  
1 = Pause function is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = Pause function is not supported by the Link Partner.  
0, RO  
100BASE-T4 Support:  
1 = 100BASE-T4 is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = 100BASE-T4 not supported by the Link Partner.  
8
TX_FD  
TX  
0, RO  
100BASE-TX Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 100BASE-TX Full Duplex is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = 100BASE-TX Full Duplex not supported by the Link Partner.  
7
0, RO  
100BASE-TX Support:  
1 = 100BASE-TX is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = 100BASE-TX not supported by the Link Partner.  
6
10_FD  
10  
0, RO  
10BASE-Te Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 10BASE-Te Full Duplex is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = 10BASE-Te Full Duplex not supported by the Link Partner.  
5
0, RO  
10BASE-Te Support:  
1 = 10BASE-Te is supported by the Link Partner.  
0 = 10BASE-Te not supported by the Link Partner.  
4:0  
SELECTOR  
0 0000, RO  
Protocol Selection Bits:  
Link Partner's binary encoded protocol selector.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
65  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.7 Auto-Negotiate Expansion Register (ANER)  
This register contains additional Local Device and Link Partner status information.  
8-15. Auto-Negotiate Expansion Register (ANER), Address 0x0006  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
DEFAULT  
0, RO  
DESCRIPTION  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, Read as 0.  
Receive Next Page Location Able:  
1 = Received Next Page storage location is specified by bit 6.5.  
0 = Received Next Page storage location is not specified by bit 6.5.  
15:7  
6
RX_NEXT_PAGE_LOC_ABLE  
RX_NEXT_PAGE_STOR_LOC  
PDF  
1, RO  
1, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
5
4
3
Receive Next Page Storage Location:  
1 = Link Partner Next Pages are stored in register 8.  
0 = Link Partner Next Pages are stored in register 5.  
Parallel Detection Fault:  
1 = A fault has been detected via the Parallel Detection function.  
0 = A fault has not been detected.  
LP_NP_ABLE  
Link Partner Next Page Able:  
1 = Link Partner does support Next Page.  
0 = Link Partner does not support Next Page.  
2
1
NP_ABLE  
PAGE_RX  
1, RO/P  
Next Page Able:  
1 = Indicates local device is able to send additional Next Pages.  
0, RO/COR  
Link Code Word Page Received:  
1 = Link Code Word has been received, cleared on a read.  
0 = Link Code Word has not been received.  
0
LP_AN_ABLE  
0, RO  
Link Partner Auto-Negotiation Able:  
1 = Indicates that the Link Partner supports Auto-Negotiation.  
0 = Indicates that the Link Partner does not support Auto-  
Negotiation.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
66  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.8 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (ANNPTR)  
This register contains the next page information sent by this device to its Link Partner during Auto-Negotiation.  
8-16. Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (ANNPTR), Address 0x0007  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
NP  
0, RW  
Next Page Indication:  
0 = No other Next Page Transfer desired.  
1 = Another Next Page desired.  
ACK  
MP  
0, RO  
1, RW  
0, RW  
Acknowledge:  
1 = Acknowledge reception of link code word  
0 = Do not acknowledge of link code word.  
Message Page:  
1 = Current page is a Message Page.  
0 = Current page is an Unformatted Page.  
ACK2  
Acknowledge2:  
1 = Will comply with message.  
0 = Cannot comply with message.  
Acknowledge2 is used by the next page function to indicate that  
Local Device has the ability to comply with the message received.  
11  
TOG_TX  
0, RO  
Toggle:  
1 = Value of toggle bit in previously transmitted Link Code Word was  
0.  
0 = Value of toggle bit in previously transmitted Link Code Word was  
1.  
Toggle is used by the Arbitration function within Auto-Negotiation to  
ensure synchronization with the Link Partner during Next Page  
exchange. This bit shall always take the opposite value of the Toggle  
bit in the previously exchanged Link Code Word.  
10:0  
CODE  
000 0000 0001, Code:  
RW This field represents the code field of the next page transmission. If  
the MP bit is set (bit 13 of this register), then the code shall be  
interpreted as a "Message Page, as defined in Annex 28C of IEEE  
802.3u. Otherwise, the code shall be interpreted as an "Unformatted  
Page, and the interpretation is application specific.  
The default value of the CODE represents a Null Page as defined in  
Annex 28C of IEEE 802.3u.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
67  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.9 Auto-Negotiation Next Page Receive Register (ANNPRR)  
This register contains the next page information sent by the Link Partner during Auto-Negotiation.  
8-17. Auto-Negotiation Next Page Transmit Register (ANNPTR), Address 0x0008  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
0, RW  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
NP  
Next Page Indication:  
0 = No other Next Page Transfer desired by the link partner.  
1 = Another Next Page desired by the link partner.  
ACK  
MP  
0, RO  
1, RW  
0, RW  
Acknowledge:  
1 = Acknowledge reception of link code word by the link partner.  
0 = Link partner does not acknowledge reception of link code word.  
Message Page:  
1 = Received page is a Message Page.  
0 = Received page is an Unformatted Page.  
ACK2  
Acknowledge2:  
1 = Link partner sets the ACK2 bit.  
0 = Link partner coes not set the ACK2 bit.  
Acknowledge2 is used by the next page function to indicate that link  
partner has the ability to comply with the message received.  
11  
TOG_TX  
0, RO  
Toggle:  
1 = Value of toggle bit in previously transmitted Link Code Word was  
0.  
0 = Value of toggle bit in previously transmitted Link Code Word was  
1.  
Toggle is used by the Arbitration function within Auto-Negotiation to  
ensure synchronization with the Link Partner during Next Page  
exchange. This bit shall always take the opposite value of the Toggle  
bit in the previously exchanged Link Code Word.  
10:0  
CODE  
000 0000 0001, Code:  
RW This field represents the code field of the next page transmission. If  
the MP bit is set (bit 13 of this register), then the code shall be  
interpreted as a "Message Page, as defined in Annex 28C of IEEE  
802.3u. Otherwise, the code shall be interpreted as an "Unformatted  
Page, and the interpretation is application specific.  
The default value of the CODE represents a Null Page as defined in  
Annex 28C of IEEE 802.3u.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
68  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.10 1000BASE-T Configuration Register (CFG1)  
8-18. Configuration Register 1 (CFG1), Address 0x0009  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:13  
TEST MODE  
000, RW  
Test Mode Select:  
111 = Test Mode 7 - Repetitive {Pulse, 63 zeros}  
110 = Test Mode 6 - Repetitive 0001 sequence  
101 = Test Mode 5 - Scrambled MLT3 Idles  
100 = Test Mode 4 - Transmit Distortion Test  
011 = Test Mode 3 - Transmit Jitter Test (Slave Mode)  
010 = Test Mode 2 - Transmit Jitter Test (Master Mode)  
001 = Test Mode 1 - Transmit Waveform Test  
000 = Normal Mode  
12  
11  
MASTER / SLAVE MANUAL  
CONFIGURATION  
0, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Enable Manual Master / Slave Configuration:  
1 = Enable Manual Master/Slave Configuration control.  
0 = Disable Manual Master/Slave Configuration control.  
Using the manual configuration feature may prevent the PHY from  
establishing link in 1000Base-T mode if a conflict with the link  
partners setting exists.  
MASTER / SLAVE  
CONFIGURATION VALUE  
Manual Master / Slave Configuration Value:  
1 = Set PHY as MASTER when register 09h bit 12 = 1.  
0 = Set PHY as SLAVE when register 09h bit 12 = 1.  
Using the manual configuration feature may prevent the PHY from  
establishing link in 1000Base-T mode if a conflict with the link  
partners setting exists.  
10  
9
PORT TYPE  
Advertise Device Type: Multi or single port:  
1 = Multi-port device.  
0 = Single-port device.  
1000BASE-T FULL DUPLEX  
1000BASE-T HALF DUPLEX  
TDR AUTO RUN  
RGZ: 1, RW  
Advertise 1000BASE-T Full Duplex Capable:  
1 = Advertise 1000Base-T Full Duplex ability.  
0 = Do not advertise 1000Base-T Full Duplex ability.  
PAP: Strap, RW  
8
1, RW  
Advertise 1000BASE-T Half Duplex Capable:  
1 = Advertise 1000Base-T Half Duplex ability.  
0 = Do not advertise 1000Base-T Half Duplex ability.  
7
0, RW  
Automatic TDR on Link Down:  
1 = Enable execution of TDR procedure after link down event.  
0 = Disable automatic execution of TDR.  
6:0  
RESERVED  
000 0000, RO  
RESERVED: Write ignored, read as 0.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
69  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.11 Status Register 1 (STS1)  
8-19. Status Register 1 (STS1) Address 0x000A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
MASTER / SLAVE  
CONFIGURATION FAULT  
0, RO, LH, COR Master / Slave Manual Configuration Fault Detected:  
1 = Manual Master/Slave Configuration fault detected.  
0 = No Manual Master/Slave Configuration fault detected.  
MASTER / SLAVE  
CONFIGURATION  
RESOLUTION  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
00, RO  
Master / Slave Configuration Results:  
1 = Configuration resolved to MASTER.  
0 = Configuration resolved to SLAVE.  
LOCAL RECEIVER STATUS  
REMOTE RECEIVER STATUS  
1000BASE-T FULL DUPLEX  
1000BASE-T HALF DUPLEX  
Local Receiver Status:  
1 = Local receiver is OK.  
0 = Local receiver is not OK.  
Remote Receiver Status:  
1 = Remote receiver is OK.  
0 = Remote receiver is not OK.  
Link Partner 1000BASE-T Full Duplex Capable:  
1 = Link Partner capable of 1000Base-T Full Duplex.  
0 = Link partner not capable of 1000Base-T Full Duplex.  
Link Partner 1000BASE-T Half Duplex Capable:  
1 = Link Partner capable of 1000Base-T Half Duplex.  
0 = Link partner not capable of 1000Base-T Half Duplex.  
9:8  
7:0  
RESERVED  
RESERVED by IEEE: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
IDLE ERROR COUNTER  
0000 0000, RO, 1000BASE-T Idle Error Counter  
COR  
8.6.12 Extended Register Addressing  
REGCR (0x000D) and ADDAR (0x000E) allow read/write access to the extended register set (addresses above  
0x001F) using indirect addressing.  
REGCR [15:14] = 00: A write to ADDAR modifies the extended register set address register. This address  
register must be initialized to access any of the registers within the extended register set.  
• •REGCR [15:14] = 01: A read or write to ADDAR operates on the register within the extended register set  
selected (pointed to) by the value in the address register. The address register contents (pointer) remain  
unchanged.  
REGCR [15:14] = 10: A read or write to ADDAR operates on the register within the extended register set  
selected (pointed to) by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for both reads and  
writes, the value in the address register is incremented.  
REGCR [15:14] = 11: A read or write to ADDAR operates on the register within the extended register set  
selected (pointed to) by the value in the address register. After that access is complete, for write accesses  
only, the value in the address register is incremented. For read accesses, the value of the address register  
remains unchanged.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
70  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.12.1 Register Control Register (REGCR)  
This register is the MDIO Manageable MMD access control. In general, register REGCR (4:0) is the device  
address DEVAD that directs any accesses of the ADDAR (0x000E) register to the appropriate MMD. REGCR  
also contains selection bits for auto increment of the data register. This register contains the device address to  
be written to access the extended registers. Write 0x1F into bits 4:0 of this register. REGCR also contains  
selection bits (15:14) for the address auto-increment mode of ADDAR.  
8-20. Register Control Register (REGCR), Address 0x000D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:14  
Function  
0, RW  
00 = Address  
01 = Data, no post increment  
10 = Data, post increment on read and write  
11 = Data, post increment on write only  
13:5  
4:0  
RESERVED  
DEVAD  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Device Address: In general, these bits [4:0] are the device address  
DEVAD that directs any accesses of ADDAR register (0x000E) to the  
appropriate MMD. Specifically, the DP83867 uses the vendor specific  
DEVAD [4:0] = 11111 for accesses. All accesses through registers  
REGCR and ADDAR should use this DEVAD. Transactions with  
other DEVAD are ignored.  
8.6.12.2 Address or Data Register (ADDAR)  
This register is the address/data MMD register. ADDAR is used in conjunction with REGCR register (0x000D) to  
provide the access by indirect read/write mechanism to the extended register set.  
8-21. Address or Data Register (ADDAR) address 0x000E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
Address / Data  
0, RW  
If REGCR register 15:14 = 00, holds the MMD DEVAD's address  
register, otherwise holds the MMD DEVAD's data register  
8.6.13 1000BASE-T Status Register (1KSCR)  
8-22. 1000BASE-T Status Register (1KSCR) address 0x000F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
1000BASE-X FULL DUPLEX  
0, RO/P  
1000BASE-X Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 1000BASE-X Full Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 1000BASE-X Full Duplex is not supported by the local device.  
14  
1000BASE-X HALF DUPLEX  
1000BASE-T FULL DUPLEX  
1000BASE-T HALF DUPLEX  
RESERVED  
0, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
1, RO/P  
00, RO  
1000BASE-X Half Duplex Support:  
1 = 1000BASE-X Half Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 1000BASE-X Half Duplex is not supported by the local device.  
13  
1000BASE-T Full Duplex Support:  
1 = 1000BASE-T Full Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 1000BASE-T Full Duplex is not supported by the local device.  
12  
1000BASE-T Half Duplex Support:  
1 = 1000BASE-T Half Duplex is supported by the local device.  
0 = 1000BASE-T Half Duplex is not supported by the local device.  
11:0  
RESERVED by IEEE: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
71  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.14 PHY Control Register (PHYCR)  
8-23. PHY Control Register (PHYCR), Address 0x0010  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:14  
TX FIFO Depth  
1, RW  
TX FIFO Depth:  
11 = 8 bytes/nibbles (1000Mbps/Other Speeds)  
10 = 6 bytes/nibbles (1000Mbps/Other Speeds)  
01 = 4 bytes/nibbles (1000Mbps/Other Speeds)  
00 = 3 bytes/nibbles (1000Mbps/Other Speeds)  
Note: FIFO is enabled only in the following modes:  
1000BaseT + GMII  
13:11  
10  
RESERVED  
010, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
FORCE_LINK_GOOD  
Force Link Good:  
1 = Force link good according to the selected speed.  
0 = Normal operation  
9:8  
POWER_SAVE_MODE  
0, RW  
Power-Saving Modes:  
11 = Passive Sleep mode: Power down all digital and analog blocks.  
10 =Active Sleep mode: Power down all digital and analog blocks.  
Automatic power-up is performed when link partner is detected. Link  
pulses are transmitted approximately once per 1.4 Sec in this mode  
to wake up any potential link partner.  
01 = IEEE mode: power down all digital and analog blocks.  
Note: If DISABLE_CLK_125 (bit [4]of this register) is set to zero, the  
PLL is also powered down.  
00 = Normal mode  
7
DEEP_POWER_DOWN_EN  
0, RW  
Deep power-down mode enable  
1 = When power down is initiated through assertion of the external  
power-down pin or through the POWER_DOWN bit in the BMCR, the  
device enters a deep power-down mode.  
0 = Normal operation.  
6:5  
4
MDI_CROSSOVER  
DISABLE_CLK_125  
RGZ: 10, RW  
MDI Crosssover Mode:  
1x = Enable automatic crossover  
01 = Manual MDI-X configuration  
00 = Manual MDI configuration  
PAP: Strap, RW  
0, RW  
Disable 125MHz Clock:  
This bit may be used in conjunction with POWER_SAVE_MODE (bits  
9:8 of this register).  
1 = Disable CLK125.  
0 = Enable CLK125.  
3
2
RESERVED  
1, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 1.  
STANDBY_MODE  
Standby Mode:  
1 = Enable standby mode. Digital and analog circuitry are powered  
up, but no link can be established.  
0 = Normal operation.  
1
0
LINE_DRIVER_INV_EN  
DISABLE_JABBER  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Line Driver Inversion Enable:  
1 = Invert Line Driver Transmission.  
0 = Normal operation.  
Disable Jabber  
1 = Disable Jabber function.  
0 = Enable Jabber function.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
72  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.15 PHY Status Register (PHYSTS)  
This register provides a single location within the register set for quick access to commonly accessed  
information.  
8-24. PHY Status Register (PHYSTS), Address 0x0011  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:14  
SPEED SELECTION  
0, RO  
Speed Select Status:  
These two bits indicate the speed of operation as determined by  
Auto-Negotiation or as set by manual configuration.  
11 = Reserved  
10 = 1000 Mbps  
01 = 100 Mbps  
00 = 10 Mbps  
13  
12  
DUPLEX MODE  
0, RO  
Duplex Mode Status:  
1 = Full Duplex  
0 = Half Duplex.  
PAGE RECEIVED  
0, RO, LH, COR Page Received:  
This bit is latched high and will be cleared upon a read.  
1 = Page received.  
0 = No page received.  
11  
10  
9
SPEED DUPLEX RESOLVED  
LINK_STATUS  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Speed Duplex Resolution Status:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation has completed or is disabled.  
0 = Auto-Negotiation is enabled and has not completed.  
Link Status:  
1 = Link is up.  
0 = Link is down.  
MDI_X_MODE_CD  
MDI_X_MODE_AB  
MDI/MDIX Resolution Status for C and D Line Driver Pairs:  
1 = Resolved as MDIX  
0 = Resolved as MDI.  
8
MDI/MDIX Resolution Status for A and B Line Driver Pairs:  
1 = Resolved as MDIX  
0 = Resolved as MDI.  
7
SPEED_OPT_STATUS  
Speed Optimization Status:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation is currently being performed with Speed  
Optimization masking 1000BaseT abilities (Valid only during Auto-  
Negotiation).  
0 = Auto-Negotiation is currently being performed without Speed  
Optimization.  
6
SLEEP_MODE  
WIRE_CROSS  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Sleep Mode Status:  
1 = Device currently in sleep mode.  
0 = Device currently in active mode.  
5:2  
Crossed Wire Indication:  
Indicates channel polarity in 1000BASE-T linked status. Bits [5:2]  
correspond to channels [D,C,B,A], respectively.  
1 = Channel polarity is reversed.  
0 = Channel polarity is normal.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
73  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-24. PHY Status Register (PHYSTS), Address 0x0011 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
1
0
POLARITY STATUS  
1, RO  
10BASE-Te Polarity Status:  
1 = Correct Polarity detected.  
0 = Inverted Polarity detected.  
JABBER DETECT  
0, RO  
Jabber Detect: This bit only has meaning in 10 Mbps mode.  
This bit is a duplicate of the Jabber Detect bit in the BMSR register,  
except that it is not cleared upon a read of the PHYSTS register.  
1 = Jabber condition detected.  
0 = No Jabber.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
74  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.16 MII Interrupt Control Register (MICR)  
This register implements the Interrupt PHY Specific Control register. The individual interrupt events must be  
enabled by setting bits in the MII Interrupt Control Register (MICR). If the corresponding enable bit in the register  
is set, an interrupt is generated if the event occurs.  
8-25. MII Interrupt Control Register (MICR), Address 0x0012  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
AUTONEG_ERR_INT_EN  
0, RW  
Enable Auto-Negotiation Error Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Auto-Negotiation Error interrupt.  
0 = Disable Auto-Negotiation Error interrupt.  
SPEED_CHNG_INT_EN  
0, RW  
Enable Speed Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Speed Change interrupt.  
0 = Disable Speed Change interrupt.  
DUPLEX_MODE_CHNG_INT_E 0, RW  
N
Enable Duplex Mode Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Duplex Mode Change interrupt.  
0 = Disable Duplex Mode Change interrupt.  
PAGE_RECEIVED_INT_EN  
AUTONEG_COMP_INT_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Enable Page Received Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Page Received Interrupt.  
0 = Disable Page Received Interrupt.  
Enable Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt.  
0 = Disable Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt.  
LINK_STATUS_CHNG_INT_EN 0, RW  
Enable Link Status Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Link Status Change interrupt.  
0 = Disable Link Status Change interrupt.  
9
8
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
FALSE_CARRIER_INT_EN  
Enable False Carrier Interrupt:  
1 = Enable False Carrier interrupt.  
0 = Disable False Carrier interrupt.  
7
6
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
MDI_CROSSOVER_CHNG_INT_ 0, RW  
EN  
Enable MDI Crossover Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable MDI Crossover Change interrupt.  
0 = Disable MDI Crossover Change interrupt.  
5
4
3
SPEED_OPT_EVENT_INT_EN  
0, RW  
Enable Speed Optimization Event Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Speed Optimization Event Interrupt.  
0 = Disable Speed Optimization Event Interrupt.  
SLEEP_MODE_CHNG_INT_EN 0, RW  
Enable Sleep Mode Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Sleep Mode Change Interrupt.  
0 = Disable Sleep Mode Change Interrupt.  
WOL_INT_EN  
0, RW  
Enable Wake-on-LAN Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Wake-on-LAN Interrupt.  
0 = Disable Wake-on-LAN Interrupt.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
75  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-25. MII Interrupt Control Register (MICR), Address 0x0012 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
2
1
0
XGMII_ERR_INT_EN  
0, RW  
Enable xGMII Error Interrupt:  
1 = Enable xGMII Error Interrupt.  
0 = Disable xGMII Error Interrupt.  
POLARITY_CHNG_INT_EN  
JABBER_INT_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Enable Polarity Change Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Polarity Change interrupt.  
0 = Disable Polarity Change interrupt.  
Enable Jabber Interrupt:  
1 = Enable Jabber interrupt.  
0 = Disable Jabber interrupt.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
76  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.17 Interrupt Status Register (ISR)  
This register contains event status for the interrupt function. If an event has occurred since the last read of this  
register, the corresponding status bit will be set. The status indications in this register will be set even if the  
interrupt is not enabled.  
8-26. Interrupt Status Register (ISR), Address 0x0013  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
0, RO, LH, COR Auto-Negotiation Error Interrupt:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation Error interrupt is pending and is cleared by the  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
AUTONEG_ERR_INT  
current read.  
0 = No Auto-Negotiation Error interrupt.  
SPEED_CHNG_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Speed Change Interrupt:  
1 = Speed Change interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current  
read.  
0 = No Speed Change interrupt.  
DUPLEX_MODE_CHNG_INT  
PAGE_RECEIVED_INT  
AUTONEG_COMP_INT  
LINK_STATUS_CHNG_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Duplex Mode Change Interrupt:  
1 = Duplex Mode Change interrupt is pending and is cleared by the  
current read.  
0 = No Duplex Mode Change interrupt.  
0, RO, LH, COR Page Received Interrupt:  
1 = Page Received Interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current  
read.  
0 = No Page Received Interrupt is pending.  
0, RO, LH, COR Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt is pending and is cleared by  
the current read.  
0 = No Auto-Negotiation Complete Interrupt is pending.  
0, RO, LH, COR Link Status Change Interrupt:  
1 = Link Status Change interrupt is pending and is cleared by the  
current read.  
0 = No Link Status Change interrupt is pending.  
9
8
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
FALSE_CARRIER_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR False Carrier Interrupt:  
1 = False Carrier interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current  
read.  
0 = No False Carrier interrupt is pending.  
7
6
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
MDI_CROSSOVER_CHNG_INT 0, RO, LH, COR MDI Crossover Change Interrupt:  
1 = MDI Crossover Change interrupt is pending and is cleared by the  
current read.  
0 = No MDI Crossover Change interrupt is pending.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
77  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-26. Interrupt Status Register (ISR), Address 0x0013 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
5
4
SPEED_OPT_EVENT_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Speed Optimization Event Interrupt:  
1 = Speed Optimization Event Interrupt is pending and is cleared by  
the current read.  
0 = No Speed Optimization Event Interrupt is pending.  
SLEEP_MODE_CHNG_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Sleep Mode Change Interrupt:  
1 = Sleep Mode Change Interrupt is pending and is cleared by the  
current read.  
0 = No Sleep Mode Change Interrupt is pending.  
3
2
WOL_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Wake-on-LAN Interrupt:  
1 = Wake-on-LAN Interrupt is pending.  
0 = No Wake-on-LAN Interrupt is pending.  
XGMII_ERR_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR xGMII Error Interrupt:  
1 = xGMII Error Interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current  
read.  
0 = No xGMII Error Interrupt is pending.  
1
0
POLARITY_CHNG_INT  
JABBER_INT  
0, RO, LH, COR Polarity Change Interrupt:  
1 = Polarity Change interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current  
read.  
0 = No Polarity Change interrupt is pending.  
0, RO, LH, COR Jabber Interrupt:  
1 = Jabber interrupt is pending and is cleared by the current read.  
0 = No Jabber interrupt is pending.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
78  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.18 Configuration Register 2 (CFG2)  
8-27. Configuration Register 2 (CFG2), Address 0x0014  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:14  
13  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
INTERRUPT_POLARITY  
1, RW  
Configure Interrupt Polarity:  
1 = Interrupt pin is active low.  
0 = Interrupt pin is active high.  
12  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
11:10  
SPEED_OPT_ATTEMPT_CNT  
10, RW  
Speed Optimization Attempt Count:  
Selects the number of 1000BASE-T link establishment attempt  
failures prior to performing Speed Optimization.  
11 = 8  
10 = 4  
01 = 2  
00 = 1  
9
8
SPEED_OPT_EN  
RGZ: 0, RW  
Speed Optimization Enable:  
1 = Enable Speed Optimization.  
0 = Disable Speed Optimization.  
PAP: Strap, RW  
SPEED_OPT_ENHANCED_EN 1, RW  
Speed Optimization Enhanced Mode Enable:  
In enhanced mode, speed is optimized if energy is not detected in  
channels C and D.  
1 = Enable Speed Optimization enhanced mode.  
0 = Disable Speed Optimization enhanced mode.  
7
6
RESERVED  
0, RO  
1, RW  
RESERVED  
SPEED_OPT_10M_EN  
Enable Speed Optimization to 10BASE-Te:  
1 = Enable speed optimization to 10BASE-Te if link establishment  
fails in 1000BASE-T and 100BASE-TX .  
0 = Disable speed optimization to 10BASE-Te.  
5:0  
RESERVED  
0 0111, RO  
RESERVED  
8.6.19 Receiver Error Counter Register (RECR)  
8-28. Receiver Error Counter Register (RECR), Address 0x0015  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
RXERCNT[15:0]  
0, RO, WSC  
RX_ER Counter:  
Receive error counter. This register saturates at the maximum value  
of 0xFFFF. It is cleared by dummy write to this register.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
79  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.20 BIST Control Register (BISCR)  
This register is used for Build-In Self Test (BIST) configuration. The BIST functionality provides Pseudo Random  
Bit Stream (PRBS) mechanism including packet generation generator and checker. Selection of the exact  
loopback point in the signal chain is also done in this register.  
8-29. BIST Control Register (BISCR), Address 0x0016  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
PRBS_COUNT_MODE  
0, RW  
PRBS Continuous Mode:  
1 = Continuous mode enabled. When one of the PRBS counters  
reaches the maximum value, a pulse is generated and the counter  
starts counting from zero again. This bit must be set for proper PRBS  
operation.  
0 = PRBS continuous mode disabled. PRBS operation is not  
supported for this setting.  
14  
GEN_PRBS_PACKET  
0, RW  
Generated PRBS Packets:  
1 = When the packet generator is enabled, it will generate  
continuous packets with PRBS data. When the packet generator is  
disabled, the PRBS checker is still enabled.  
0 = When the packet generator is enabled, it will generate a single  
packet with constant data. PRBS generation and checking is  
disabled.  
13  
12  
PACKET_GEN_64BIT_MODE  
PACKET_GEN_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
BIST Packet Size:  
1 = Transmit 64 byte packets in packet generation mode.  
0 = Transmit 1518 byte packets in packet generation mode  
Packet BIST Enable:  
1 = Enable packet/PRBS generator  
0 = Disable packet/PRBS generator  
11:8  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
REV_LOOP_RX_DATA_CTRL  
Reverse Loopback Receive Data Control:  
This bit may only be set in Reverse Loopback mode.  
1 = Send RX packets to MAC in reverse loop  
0 = Suppress RX packets to MAC in reverse loop  
6
MII_LOOP_TX_DATA_CTRL  
LOOPBACK_MODE  
0, RW  
0, RW  
MII Loopback Transmit Data Control:  
This bit may only be set in MII Loopback mode.  
1 = Transmit data to MDI in MII loop  
0 = Suppress data to MDI in MII loop  
5:2  
Loopback Mode Select:  
PCS Loopback must be disabled (Bits [1:0] =00) prior to selecting the  
loopback mode.  
1000: Reverse loop  
0100: External loop  
0010: Analog loop  
0001: Digital loop  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
80  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-29. BIST Control Register (BISCR), Address 0x0016 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
1:0  
PCS_LOOPBACK  
0, RW  
PCS Loopback Select:  
When configured for 100Base-TX:  
11: Loop after MLT3 encoder (full TX/RX path)  
10: Loop after scrambler, before MLT3 encoder  
01: Loop before scrambler  
When configured for 1000Base-T:  
x1: Loop before 1000Base-T signal processing.  
8.6.21 Status Register 2 (STS2)  
8-30. Status Register 2 (STS2), Address 0x0017  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
0, RO  
0, RO  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11  
RESERVED  
PRBS_LOCK  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
PRBS Lock Status:  
1 = PRBS checker is locked to the received byte stream.  
0 = PRBS checker is not locked.  
10  
9
PRBS_LOCK_LOST  
PKT_GEN_BUSY  
0, RO, LH, COR PRBS Lock Lost:  
1 = PRBS checker has lost lock.  
0 = PRBS checker has not lost lock.  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Packet Generator Busy:  
1 = Packet generation is in process.  
0 = Packet generation is not in process.  
8
SCR_MODE_MASTER_1G  
SCR_MODE_MASTER_1G  
CORE_PWR_MODE  
RESERVED  
Gigabit Master Scramble Mode:  
1 = 1G PCS (master) is in legacy encoding mode.  
0 = 1G PCS (master) is in normal encoding mode..  
7
Gigabit Slave Scramble Mode:  
1 = 1G PCS (slave) is in legacy encoding mode.  
0 = 1G PCS (slave) is in normal encoding mode..  
6
Core Power Mode:  
1 = Core is in normal power mode.  
0 = Core is power-down mode or in sleep mode.  
5:0  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
81  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.22 LED Configuration Register 1 (LEDCR1)  
This register maps the LED functions to the corresponding pins.  
8-31. LED Configuration Register 1 (LEDCR1), Address 0x0018  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
LED_GPIO_SEL  
RW, 0110  
Source of the GPIO LED_3:  
1111: Reserved  
1110: Receive Error  
1101: Receive Error or Transmit Error  
1100: RESERVED  
1011: Link established, blink for transmit or receive activity  
1010: Full duplex  
1001: 100/1000BT link established  
1000: 10/100BT link established  
0111: 10BT link established  
0110: 100 BTX link established  
0101: 1000BT link established  
0100: Collision detected  
0011: Receive activity  
0010: Transmit activity  
0001: Receive or Transmit activity  
0000: Link established  
11:8  
LED_2_SEL  
RW, 0001  
Source of LED_2:  
1111: Reserved  
1110: Receive Error  
1101: Receive Error or Transmit Error  
1100: RESERVED  
1011: Link established, blink for transmit or receive activity  
1010: Full duplex  
1001: 100/1000BT link established  
1000: 10/100BT link established  
0111: 10BT link established  
0110: 100 BTX link established  
0101: 1000BT link established  
0100: Collision detected  
0011: Receive activity  
0010: Transmit activity  
0001: Receive or Transmit activity  
0000: Link established  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
82  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-31. LED Configuration Register 1 (LEDCR1), Address 0x0018 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
7:4  
LED_1_SEL  
RW, 0101  
Source of LED_1:  
1111: Reserved  
1110: Receive Error  
1101: Receive Error or Transmit Error  
1100: RESERVED  
1011: Link established, blink for transmit or receive activity  
1010: Full duplex  
1001: 100/1000BT link established  
1000: 10/100BT link established  
0111: 10BT link established  
0110: 100 BTX link established  
0101: 1000BT link established  
0100: Collision detected  
0011: Receive activity  
0010: Transmit activity  
0001: Receive or Transmit activity  
0000: Link established  
3:0  
LED_0_SEL  
RW, 0000  
Source of LED_0:  
1111: Reserved  
1110: Receive Error  
1101: Receive Error or Transmit Error  
1100: RESERVED  
1011: Link established, blink for transmit or receive activity  
1010: Full duplex  
1001: 100/1000BT link established  
1000: 10/100BT link established  
0111: 10BT link established  
0110: 100 BTX link established  
0101: 1000BT link established  
0100: Collision detected  
0011: Receive activity  
0010: Transmit activity  
0001: Receive or Transmit activity  
0000: Link established  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
83  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.23 LED Configuration Register 2 (LEDCR2)  
This register provides the ability to directly control any or all LED outputs.  
8-32. LED Configuration Register 2 (LEDCR2), Address 0x0019  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
LED_GPIO_POLARITY  
LED_GPIO_DRV_VAL  
LED_GPIO_DRV_EN  
1, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
GPIO LED Polarity:  
1 = Active high  
0 = Active low  
13  
12  
GPIO LED Drive Value:  
Value to force on GPIO LED  
This bit is only valid if enabled through LED_GPIO_DRV_EN.  
GPIO LED Drive Enable:  
1 = Force the value of the LED_GPIO_DRV_VAL bit onto the GPIO  
LED.  
0 = Normal operation  
11  
10  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
1, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
LED_2_POLARITY  
LED_2 Polarity:  
1 = Active high  
0 = Active low  
9
8
LED_2_DRV_VAL  
LED_2_DRV_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
LED_2 Drive Value:  
Value to force on LED_2  
This bit is only valid if enabled through LED_2_DRV_EN.  
LED_2 Drive Enable:  
1 = Force the value of the LED_2_DRV_VAL bit onto LED_2.  
0 = Normal operation  
7
6
RESERVED  
0, RO  
1, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
LED_1_POLARITY  
LED_1 Polarity:  
1 = Active high  
0 = Active low  
5
4
LED_1_DRV_VAL  
LED_1_DRV_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
LED_1 Drive Value:  
Value to force on LED_1  
This bit is only valid if enabled through LED_1_DRV_EN.  
LED_1 Drive Enable:  
1 = Force the value of the LED_1_DRV_VAL bit onto LED_1.  
0 = Normal operation  
3
2
RESERVED  
0, RO  
1, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
LED_0_POLARITY  
LED_0 Polarity:  
1 = Active high  
0 = Active low  
1
0
LED_0_DRV_VAL  
LED_0_DRV_EN  
0, RW  
0, RW  
LED_0 Drive Value:  
Value to force on LED_0  
This bit is only valid if enabled through LED_0_DRV_EN.  
LED_0 Drive Enable:  
1 = Force the value of the LED_0_DRV_VAL bit onto LED_0.  
0 = Normal operation  
8.6.24 LED Configuration Register (LEDCR3)  
This register controls the LED blink rate and stretching.  
8-33. LED Configuration Register 3 (LEDCR3), Address 0x001A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
LEDS_BYPASS_STRETCHING 0, RW  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:3  
2
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Bypass LED Stretching:  
1 = Bypass LED Stretching  
0 = Normal operation  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
84  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-33. LED Configuration Register 3 (LEDCR3), Address 0x001A (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
1:0  
LEDS_BLINK_RATE  
10, RW  
LED Blink Rate:  
11: 2 Hz (500 ms)  
10: 5 Hz (200 ms)  
01: 10 Hz (100 ms)  
00 = 20 Hz (50 ms)  
8.6.25 Configuration Register 3 (CFG3)  
8-34. Configuration Register 3 (CFG3), Address 0x001E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
Fast Link-Up in Parallel Detect  
0, RW  
Fast Link-Up in Parallel Detect Mode:  
1 = Enable Fast Link-Up time During Parallel Detection  
0 = Normal Parallel Detection link establishment  
In Fast Auto MDI-X this bit is automatically set.  
14  
Fast AN Enable  
0, RW  
Fast Auto-Negotiation Enable:  
1 = Enable Fast Auto-Negotiation mode The PHY auto-negotiates  
using Timer setting according to Fast AN Sel bits  
0 = Disable Fast Auto-Negotiation mode The PHY auto-  
negotiates using normal Timer setting  
Adjusting these bits reduces the time it takes to Auto-negotiate  
between two PHYs. Note: When using this option care must be  
taken to maintain proper operation of the system. While shortening  
these timer intervals may not cause problems in normal operation,  
there are certain situations where this may lead to problems.  
13:12  
Fast AN Sel  
0, RW  
Fast Auto-Negotiation Select bits:  
Fast AN  
Select  
Break  
Link  
Link Fall  
Inhibit  
Auto-Neg  
Wait  
Timer(ms)  
Timer(ms)  
Timer(ms)  
<00>  
<01>  
<10>  
<11>  
80  
50  
35  
120  
240  
NA  
75  
50  
150  
NA  
100  
NA  
Adjusting these bits reduces the time it takes to auto-negotiate  
between two PHYs. In Fast AN mode, both PHYs should be  
configured to the same configuration. These 2 bits define the  
duration for each state of the Auto-Negotiation process according to  
the table above. The new duration time must be enabled by setting  
Fast AN En - bit 4 of this register. Note: Using this mode in cases  
where both link partners are not configured to the same Fast Auto-  
Negotiation configuration might produce scenarios with unexpected  
behavior.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
85  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-34. Configuration Register 3 (CFG3), Address 0x001E (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
11  
Extended FD Ability  
0, RW  
Extended Full-Duplex Ability:  
1 = Force Full-Duplex while working with link partner in forced 100B-  
TX. When the PHY is set to Auto-Negotiation or Force 100B-TX and  
the link partner is operated in Force 100B-TX, the link is always Full  
Duplex  
0 = Disable Extended Full Duplex Ability. Decision to work in Full  
Duplex or Half Duplex mode follows IEEE specification.  
10  
9
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
Robust Auto-MDIX  
Robust Auto-MDIX:  
1 =Enable Robust Auto MDI/MDIX resolution  
0 = Normal Auto MDI/MDIX mode  
If link partners are configured to operational modes that are not  
supported by normal Auto MDI/MDIX mode (like Auto-Neg versus  
Force 100Base-TX or Force 100Base-TX versus Force 100Base-  
TX), this Robust Auto MDI/MDIX mode allows MDI/MDIX resolution  
and prevents deadlock.  
8
Fast Auto-MDIX  
0, RW  
Fast Auto MDI/MDIX:  
1 = Enable Fast Auto MDI/MDIX mode  
0 = Normal Auto MDI/MDIX mode  
If both link partners are configured to work in Force 100Base-TX  
mode (Auto-Negotiation is disabled), this mode enables Automatic  
MDI/MDIX resolution in a short time.  
7
6
INT_OE  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Interrupt Output Enable:  
1 = INTN/PWDNN Pad is an Interrupt Output.  
0 = INTN/PWDNN Pad in a Power-Down Input.  
FORCE_INTERRUPT  
Force Interrupt:  
1 = Assert interrupt pin.  
0 = Normal interrupt mode.  
5:3  
2
RESERVED  
TDR_FAIL  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
TDR Failure:  
1 = TDR failed.  
0 = Normal TDR operation.  
1
0
TDR_DONE  
TDR_START  
1, RO  
0, RW  
TDR Done:  
1 = TDR has completed.  
0 = TDR has not completed.  
TDR Start:  
1 = Start TDR.  
0 = Normal operation  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
86  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.26 Control Register (CTRL)  
8-35. Control Register (CTRL), Address 0x001F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
SW_RESET  
0, RW, SC  
Software Reset:  
1 = Perform a full reset, including registers.  
0 = Normal operation.  
14  
SW_RESTART  
RESERVED  
0, RW, SC  
0, RO  
Software Restart:  
1 = Perform a full reset, not including registers. .  
0 = Normal operation.  
13:0  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
8.6.27 Testmode Channel Control (TMCH_CTRL)  
8-36. Testmode Channel Control (TMCH_CTRL), Address 0x0025  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
RESERVED  
0x04  
RESERVED  
Test mode Channel Select.  
If bit 7 is set then Test mode is driven on all 4 channels. If bit 7 is  
cleared then test modes are driven according to bits 6:5 as follows:  
00: Channel A  
01: Channel B  
10: Channel C  
11: Channel D  
RESERVED  
7:5  
TM_CH_SEL  
RESERVED  
0x0  
4:0  
0x00  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
87  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.28 Robust Auto MDIX Timer Configuration Register (AMDIX_TMR_CFG)  
In order to use this register the Robust AMDIX feature must be enabled.  
8-37. Robust Auto MDIX Timer Configuration Register (RAMDIX_TMR_CFG), Address 0x002C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
RAMDIX_TMR  
DEFAULT  
0x141, RW  
0xF, RW  
DESCRIPTION  
15:4  
3:0  
RESERVED  
Robust Auto MDIX Timer  
0000: 32 ms  
0001: 64 ms  
0010: 96 ms  
.
.
1111: 480 ms  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
88  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.29 Fast Link Drop Configuration Register (FLD_CFG)  
8-38. Fast Link Drop Configuration Register (FLD_CFG), Address 0x002D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
FORCE_DROP  
0, RW  
Force Drop Link  
Forces the link partner to drop the link when no signal is received.  
1 = Drops link  
0 = Normal operation  
FLD_EN  
0, RW  
1000BASE-T Fast Link Drop:  
This bit must be set to 0 during the link up process. After the link is  
established set this bit to 1 to enable FLD.  
1 = Enable FLD  
0 = Normal operation  
13  
RESERVED  
FLD_STS  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
12:8  
0, RO, LH  
Fast Link Drop Status:  
Status Registers that latch high each time a given Fast Link Down  
mode is activated and causes a link drop (assuming this criterion  
was enabled):  
Bit 12: Descrambler Loss Sync  
Bit 11: RX Errors  
Bit 10: MLT3 Errors  
Bit 9: SNR level  
Bit 8: Signal/Energy Lost  
7:5  
4:0  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
FLD_SRC_CFG  
Fast Link Drop Source Configuration:  
The following FLD sources can be configured independently:  
Bit 4: Descrambler Loss Sync  
Bit 3: RX Errors  
Bit 2: MLT3 Errors  
Bit 1: SNR level  
Bit 0: Signal/Energy Lost  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
89  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.30 Fast Link Drop Threshold Configuration Register (FLD_THR_CFG)  
8-39. Fast Link Drop Threshold Configuration Register (FLD_THR_CFG), Address 0x002E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:11  
10:8  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
0x2, RW  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:4  
3
RESERVED  
0x2, RW  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
2:0  
ENERGY_LOST_FLD_THR  
0x1, RW  
Energy Lost Threshold for FLD Energy Lost Mode  
ENERGY_LOST_FLD_THR will be asserted if energy detector  
accumulator falls below this threshold. When using strap to enable  
FLD feature, this bit defaults to 0x2. Register write is needed to  
change it to 0x1. Changing the field to other value is not advised.  
8.6.31 Configuration Register 4 (CFG4)  
8-40. Configuration Register 4 (CFG4), Address 0x0031  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:13  
12  
RESERVED  
000, RO  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
1, RO  
11:9  
8
RESERVED  
000, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
7
INT_TST_MODE_1  
Strap, RW  
Reserved; 0: Normal Operation.  
If RX_CTRL is strapped to mode1/mode2 then PHY will go to  
internal test mode. Reg x6F[8] = 0 will also indicate the test mode  
entry request from RX_CTRL's strap . To overrule this test mode  
entry through strap mode, INT_TST_MODE_1bit can be set to 0.  
1: Internal Test Mode 1, this bit must be cleared  
0: Normal Operation  
6:1  
0
RESERVED  
001 000, RO  
Strap, RW  
RESERVED  
PORT_MIRROR_EN  
Port Mirror Enable:  
1 = Enable port mirroring.  
0 = Normal operation  
8.6.32 RGMII Control Register (RGMIICTL)  
This register provides access to the RGMII controls.  
8-41. RGMII Control Register (RGMIICTL), Address 0x0032  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
RGMII_EN  
RGZ: 1, RW  
RGMII Enable:  
1 = Enable RGMII interface.  
0 = Disable RGMII interface.  
PAP: Strap, RW  
6:5  
4:3  
RGMII_RX_HALF_FULL_THR  
RGMII_TX_HALF_FULL_THR  
10, RW  
10, RW  
RGMII Receive FIFO Half Full Threshold:  
This field controls the RGMII receive FIFO half full threshold.  
RGMII Transmit FIFO Half Full Threshold:  
This field controls the RGMII transmit FIFO half full threshold.  
2
1
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
RGMII_TX_CLK_DELAY  
RGMII Transmit Clock Delay:  
1 = RGMII transmit clock is shifted relative to transmit data.  
0 = RGMII transmit clock is aligned to transmit data.  
0
RGMII_RX_CLK_DELAY  
0, RW  
RGMII Receive Clock Delay:  
1 = RGMII receive clock is shifted relative to receive data.  
0 = RGMII receive clock is aligned to receive data.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
90  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.33 RGMII Control Register 2 (RGMIICTL2)  
8-42. RGMII Control Register 2 (RGMIICTL2), Address 0x0033  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:5  
4
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
RGMII_AF_BYPASS_EN  
RESERVED  
0, RW  
0, RO  
RGMII Async FIFO Bypass Enable:  
1 = Enable RGMII Async FIFO Bypass.  
0 = Normal operation.  
3:0  
RESERVED  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
91  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.34 100BASE-TX Configuration (100CR)  
8-43. 100BASE-TX Configuration Register (100CR), Address 0x0043  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
Disable 100Base-TX Descrambler Timeout:  
DESCRAM_TIMEOUT_DIS  
0, RW  
1 = Disable packet reception when received packet violates the  
descrambler timeout. This occurs when the packet is longer than 1.5  
ms.  
0 = Stops packet reception when received packet violates the  
descrambler timeout. This occurs when the packet is longer than 1.5  
ms.  
10:7  
6
DESCRAM_TIMEOUT  
FORCE_100_OK  
ENH_MLT3_DET_EN  
ENH_IPG_DET_EN  
BYPASS_4B5B_RX  
SCR_DIS  
1111, RW  
0, RW  
1, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Descrambler Timeout:  
Adjust the descrambler time out value. This value refers to the  
recovery time due to descrambler unlock. Timer is in ms units.  
Force 100-Mbps Good Link:  
1 = Forces 100-Mbps good link.  
0 = Normal operation.  
5
Enhanced MLT-3 Detection Enable:  
1 = Enable enhanced MLT-3 Detection.  
0 = Normal operation.  
4
Enhanced Interpacket Gap Detection Enable:  
1 = Enable enhanced interpacket gap detection.  
0 = Normal operation.  
3
Bypass 4B/5B Receive Decoder:  
1 = Bypass 4B/5B decoder in receive path.  
0 = Normal operation.  
2
Disable Scrambler:  
1 = Disable scrambler.  
0 = Normal operation.  
1
ODD_NIBBLE_DETECT  
FAST_RX_DV  
Enable Odd Nibble Detection:  
1 = Detect when an odd number of nibbles is received.  
0 = Normal operation.  
0
Fast RX_DV Enable:  
1 = Enable fast RX_DV.  
0 = Normal operation.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
92  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.35 Viterbi Module Configuration (VTM_CFG)  
8-44. Viterbi Module Configuration (VTM_CFG), Address 0x0053  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:4  
3:0  
RESERVED  
0x205, RO  
RESERVED  
VTM_IDLE_CHECK_CNT_THR 0x5, RW  
Viterbi Detector Idle Count Threshold  
Threshold for consecutive amount of Idle symbols for Viterbi Idle  
detector to assert Idle Mode.  
Default value 0x5 is for IPG >= 12. Set this field to 0x4: for IPG < 12.  
Please verify new register settings through system level tests if this  
field is changed.  
8.6.36 Skew FIFO Status (SKEW_FIFO)  
8-45. Skew FIFO Status (SKEW_FIFO), Address 0x0055  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:4  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
CH_B_SKEW  
CH_A_SKEW  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Skew of RX channel B to align symbols in # of clock cycles.  
Skew of RX channel A to align symbols in # of clock cycles.  
3:0  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
93  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.37 Strap Configuration Status Register 1 (STRAP_STS1)  
8-46. Strap Configuration Status Register 1 (STRAP_STS1), Address 0x006E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
14  
13  
12  
STRAP_MIRROR_EN  
Strap, RO  
Mirror Enable Strap:  
1 = Port mirroring strapped to enable.  
0 = Port mirroring strapped to disable.  
STRAP_LINK_DOWNSHIFT_EN Strap, RO  
Link Downshift Enable Strap:  
1 = Link Downshift strapped to enable.  
0 = Link Downshift strapped to disable.  
STRAP_CLK_OUT_DIS(PAP  
only)  
Strap, RO  
Strap, RO  
Clock Output Disable Strap:  
1 = Clock output strapped to disable.  
0 = Clock output strapped to enable.  
STRAP_RGMII_DIS  
RGMII Disable Strap:  
1 = RGMII strapped to disable.  
0 = RGMII strapped to enable.  
11  
10  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
STRAP_AMDIX_DIS  
Strap, RO  
Auto-MDIX Disable Strap:  
1 = Auto-MDIX strapped to disable.  
0 = Auto-MDIX strapped to enable.  
9
STRAP_FORCE_MDI_X  
STRAP_HD_EN  
Strap, RO  
Strap, RO  
Strap, RO  
Strap, RO  
Strap, RO  
Force MDI/X Strap:  
1 = Force MDIX strapped to enable.  
0 = Force MDI strapped to enable.  
8
Half Duplex Enable Strap:  
1 = Half Duplex strapped to enable.  
0 = Full Duplex strapped to enable.  
7
STRAP_ANEG_DIS  
Auto-Negotiation Disable Strap:  
1 = Auto-Negotiation strapped to disable.  
0 = Auto-Negotiation strapped to enable.  
6:5  
4:0  
STRAP_ANEG_SEL (PAP)  
STRAP_PHY_ADD (PAP)  
Speed Select Strap:  
SPEED_SEL[1:0] values from straps for PAP devices  
See Speed Select Strap Details table.  
PHY Address Strap for PAP:  
PHY address value from straps.  
6
5
RESERVED (RGZ)  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
STRAP_SPEED_SEL (RGZ)  
Strap, RO  
SPEED_SEL value from strap for RGZ devices  
See Speed Select Strap Details table.  
4
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
3:0  
STRAP_PHY_ADD (RGZ)  
Strap, RO  
PHY Address Strap for RGZ:  
PHY address value from straps.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
94  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.38 Strap Configuration Status Register 2 (STRAP_STS2)  
8-47. Strap Configuration Status Register 2 (STRAP_STS2), Address 0x006F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:11  
10  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
STRAP_ FLD  
Strap, RO  
Fast Link Drop (FLD) Enable Strap:  
1 = FLD strapped to enable.  
0 = FLD strapped to disable.  
10  
9
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
8
RESERVED  
7
RESERVED  
6:4  
6:4  
RESERVED (PAP)  
STRAP_RGMII_CLK_SKEW_TX Strap, RO  
(RGZ)  
RGMII Transmit Clock Skew Strap:  
RGMII_TX_DELAY_CTRL[2:0] values from straps.  
See RGMII Transmit Clock Skew Details table for more information.  
3
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
2:0  
2:0  
RESERVED (PAP)  
STRAP_RGMII_CLK_SKEW_RX Strap, RO  
(RGZ)  
RGMII Receive Clock Skew Strap:  
RGMII_RX_DELAY_CTRL[2:0] values from straps.  
See RGMII Transmit Clock Skew Details table for more information.  
8.6.39 BIST Control and Status Register 1 (BICSR1)  
8-48. BIST Control and Status Register 1 (BICSR1), Address 0x0071  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PRBS_BYTE_CNT  
0x0000, RO  
Holds the number of total bytes received by the PRBS checker.  
Value in this register is locked when write is done to register BICSR2  
bit[0] or bit[1].  
The count stops at 0xFFFF when PRBS_COUNT_MODE in BISCR  
register (0x0016) is set to 0.  
8.6.40 BIST Control and Status Register 2 (BICSR2)  
8-49. BIST Control and Status Register 2 (BICSR2), Address 0x0072  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:11  
10  
Reserved  
0x00, RO  
Ignored on Read  
PRBS Checker Packet Count Overflow  
If set, PRBS Packet counter has reached overflow. Overflow is  
cleared when PRBS counters are cleared by setting bit #1 of this  
register.  
PRBS_PKT_CNT_OVF  
0, RO  
PRBS Byte Count Overflow  
9
8
PRBS_BYTE_CNT_OVF  
Reserved  
0, RO  
0,RO  
If set, PRBS Byte counter has reached overflow. Overflow is cleared  
when PRBS counters are cleared by setting bit #1 of this register.  
Ignore on Read  
Holds number of error bytes that are received by PRBS checker.  
Value in this register is locked when write is done to bit[0] or bit[1]  
When PRBS Count Mode set to zero, count stops on 0xFF (see  
register 0x0016)  
7:0  
PRBS_ERR_CNT  
0x00, RO  
Notes: Writing bit 0 generates a lock signal for the PRBS counters.  
Writing bit 1 generates a lock and clear signal for the PRBS counters  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
95  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.41 BIST Control and Status Register 3 (BICSR3)  
8-50. BIST Control and Status Register 3 (BICSR3), Address 0x007B  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
Length of the generated BIST packets. The value of this register  
defines the size (in bytes) of every packet that is generated by the  
BIST. Default value is 0x05DC, which is equal to 1500 bytes.  
Each packet is appended with 13 nibbles of 0x5 and then 0xD5  
(SFD).  
15:0  
PKT_LEN_PRBS  
0x05DC, RW  
8.6.42 BIST Control and Status Register 4 (BICSR4)  
8-51. BIST Control and Status Register 4 (BICSR4), Address 0x007C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
RESERVED  
0x00, RO  
RESERVED  
Inter Packet Gap (IPG) Length defines the size of the gap (in bytes)  
between any 2 successive packets generated by the BIST. Default  
value is 0x7D (equal to 500 bytes). An increment in this fields value  
corresponds to an addition of 4 bytes to the IPG Length.  
IPG_LEN  
0x7D, RW  
8.6.43 Configuration for Receiver's Equalizer (CRE)  
8-52. Configuration for Receiver's Equalizer (CRE), Address 0x008A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
Configuration for receiver's equalizer. Value 0x010F may further  
improve the immunity margins during EMC testing.  
15:0  
CONFIG_REC_EQ  
0x0000, RW  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
96  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.44 RGMII Delay Control Register (RGMIIDCTL)  
This register provides access to the RGMII delay controls.  
8-53. RGMII Delay Control Register (RGMIIDCTL), Address 0x0086  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
RGMII_TX_DELAY_CTRL  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:4  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
RGZ: Strap,  
RW  
RGMII Transmit Clock Delay:  
1111: 4.00 ns  
1110: 3.75 ns  
1101: 3.50 ns  
1100: 3.25 ns  
1011: 3.00 ns  
1010: 2.75 ns  
1001: 2.50 ns  
1000: 2.25 ns  
0111: 2.00 ns  
0110: 1.75 ns  
0101: 1.50 ns  
0100: 1.25 ns  
0011: 1.00 ns  
0010: 0.75 ns  
0001: 0.50 ns  
0000: 0.25 ns  
PAP: 0111, RW  
3:0  
RGMII_RX_DELAY_CTRL  
RGZ: Strap,  
RW  
RGMII Receive Clock Delay:  
1111: 4.00 ns  
1110: 3.75 ns  
1101: 3.50 ns  
1100: 3.25 ns  
1011: 3.00 ns  
1010: 2.75 ns  
1001: 2.50 ns  
1000: 2.25 ns  
0111: 2.00 ns  
0110: 1.75 ns  
0101: 1.50 ns  
0100: 1.25 ns  
0011: 1.00 ns  
0010: 0.75 ns  
0001: 0.50 ns  
0000: 0.25 ns  
PAP: 0111, RW  
8.6.45 Configuration of Receiver's LPF (CRLPF)  
8-54. Configuration of Receiver's LPF (CRLPF), Address 0x00B3  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
Configuration of receiver's LPF. Value 0x000C may further improve  
the immunity margins during EMC testing.  
15:0  
CONFIG_REC_LPF  
0x0088, RW  
8.6.46 Enable Control of Receiver's Equalizer (ECRE)  
8-55. Enable Control of Receiver's Equalizer (ECRE), Address 0x00C0  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
Enable control of receiver's equalizer. Value 0x0000 may further  
improve the immunity margins during EMC testing.  
15:0  
EN_CTRL_REC_EQ  
0x0000, RW  
8.6.47 PLL Clock-out Control Register (PLLCTL)  
8-56. PLL Clock-out Control Register (PLLCTL), Address 0x00C6  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:5  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
97  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-56. PLL Clock-out Control Register (PLLCTL), Address 0x00C6 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
4
CLK_MUX  
0, RW  
Internal Clock MUX Control:  
1 = Configures analog CLK_OUT to be TX_TCLK for compliance  
testing.  
0 = Normal operation.  
3:0  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
8.6.48 Sync FIFO Control (SYNC_FIFO_CTRL)  
8-57. Sync FIFO Control (SYNC_FIFO_CTRL), Address 0x00E9  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
RESERVED  
0x9F22, RW  
RESERVED  
8.6.49 Loopback Configuration Register (LOOPCR)  
8-58. Loopback Configuration Register (LOOPCR), Address 0x00FE  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
1110 0111 0010 Loopback Configuration Value:  
0001, RW 1110 0111 0010 000: Configuration for loopback modes.  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
LOOP_CFG_VAL  
A software reset through bit 14 of the Control Register (CTRL),  
address 0x001F, is required after changes to this register value.  
Other values for this register are not recommended.  
8.6.50 DSP Configuration (DSP_CONFIG)  
8-59. DSP Configuration (DSP_CONFIG), Address 0x0100  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
DSP Configuration. Value 0x1027 may further improve the immunity  
margins during EMC testing.  
15:0  
DSP_CONFIG  
0x051C, RW  
8.6.51 DSP Feedforward Equalizer Configuration (DSP_FFE_CFG)  
Certain applications may need this register to be configured to 0x0E81 to improve Short Cable performance.  
Changing this register to 0x0E81, will not effect Long Cable performance.  
8-60. DSP Feedforward Equalizer Configuration (DSP_FFE_CFG), Address 0x012C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
FFE_EQ  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:10  
9:0  
0000 11, RO  
RESERVED  
00 0010 1101, FFE Equalizer Configuration  
RW  
Set this field to 10 1000 0001 when using cables of length <= 1 m.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
98  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.52 Receive Configuration Register (RXFCFG)  
This register provides receive configuration for Wake-on-LAN (WoL).  
8-61. Receive Configuration Register (RXFCFG), Address 0x0134  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
WOL_OUT_CLEAR  
0, RW, SC  
00, RW  
Clear Wake-on-LAN Output:  
This bit is only applicable when configured for level mode.  
1 = Clear Wake-on-LAN output  
10:9  
WOL_OUT_STRETCH  
Wake-on-LAN Output Stretch:  
If WoL out is configured for pulse mode, the pulse length is defined  
as the following number of 125-MHz clock cycles:  
11 = 64 clock cycles  
10 = 32 clock cycles  
01 = 16 clock cycles  
00 = 8 clock cycles  
8
7
WOL_OUT_MODE  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Wake-on-LAN Output Mode:  
1 = Level Mode. WoL is cleared by a write to WOL_OUT_CLEAR (bit  
11).  
0 = Pulse Mode. Pulse width is configured via  
WOL_OUT_STRETCH (bits 10:9).  
ENHANCED_MAC_SUPPORT  
Enable Enhanced Receive Features:  
1 = Enable for Wake-on-LAN, CRC check, and Receive 1588  
indication.  
0 = Normal operation.  
6
5
RESERVED  
SCRON_EN  
0, RO  
0, RW  
RESERVED  
Enable SecureOn Password:  
1 = SecureOn Password enabled.  
0 = SecureOn Password disabled.  
4
WAKE_ON_UCAST  
0, RW  
Wake on Unicast Packet:  
1 = Issue an interrupt upon reception of Unicast packet.  
0 = Do not issue an interrupt upon reception of Unicast packet.  
3
2
RESERVED  
0, RO  
1, RW  
RESERVED  
WAKE_ON_BCAST  
Wake on Broadcast Packet:  
1 = Issue an interrupt upon reception of Broadcast packet.  
0 = Do not issue an interrupt upon reception of Broadcast packet.  
1
0
WAKE_ON_PATTERN  
WAKE_ON_MAGIC  
0, RW  
0, RW  
Wake on Pattern Match:  
1 = Issue an interrupt upon pattern match.  
0 = Do not issue an interrupt upon pattern match.  
Wake on Magic Packet:  
1 = Issue an interrupt upon reception of Magic packet.  
0 = Do not issue an interrupt upon reception of Magic packet.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
99  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.53 Receive Status Register (RXFSTS)  
This register provides status for receive functionality.  
8-62. Receive Status Register (RXFSTS), Address 0x0135  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
SFD Error:  
SFD_ERR  
0, R0, LH, SC  
0, R0, LH, SC  
0, R0, LH, SC  
0, R0, LH, SC  
1 = Packet with SFD error (without an 0x5D SFD byte) received.  
0 = No SFD error seen.  
6
5
4
BAD_CRC  
Bad CRC:  
1 = A packet with a bad CRC was received.  
0 = No bad CRC seen.  
SCRON_HACK  
UCAST_RCVD  
SecureOn Hack Attempt Flag:  
1 = SecureOn Hack attempt seen.  
0 = No SecureOn Hack attempt seen.  
Unicast Packet Received:  
1 = A valid Unicast packet was received.  
0 = No valid Unicast packet was received.  
3
2
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
BCAST_RCVD  
0, R0, LH, SC  
Broadcast Packet Received:  
1 = A valid Broadcast packet was received.  
0 = No valid Broadcast packet was received.  
1
0
PATTERN_RCVD  
MAGIC_RCVD  
0, R0, LH, SC  
0, R0, LH, SC  
Pattern Match Received:  
1 = A valid packet with the configured pattern was received.  
0 = No valid packet with the configured pattern was received.  
Magic Packet Received:  
1 = A valid Magic packet was received.  
0 = No valid Magic packet was received.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
100 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.54 Pattern Match Data Register 1 (RXFPMD1)  
8-63. Pattern Match Data Register 1 (RXFPMD1), Address 0x0136  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PMATCH_DATA_15_0  
0, RW  
Bits 15:0 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.55 Pattern Match Data Register 2 (RXFPMD2)  
8-64. Pattern Match Data Register 2 (RXFPMD2), address 0x0137  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PMATCH_DATA_31_16  
0, RW  
Bits 31:16 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.56 Pattern Match Data Register 3 (RXFPMD3)  
8-65. Pattern Match Data Register 3 (RXFPMD3), address 0x0138  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PMATCH_DATA_ 47_32  
0, RW  
Bits 47:32 of Perfect Match Data - used for DA (destination address)  
match  
8.6.57 SecureOn Pass Register 2 (RXFSOP1)  
8-66. SecureOn Pass Register 1 (RXFSOP1), Address 0x0139  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
SCRON_PASSWORD _15_0  
0, RW  
Bits 15:0 of secure-on password for magic packet)  
8.6.58 SecureOn Pass Register 2 (RXFSOP2)  
8-67. SecureOn Pass Register 2 (RXFSOP2), Address 0x013A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
SCRON_PASSWORD _31_16  
0, RW  
Bits 31:16 of secure-on password for magic packet  
8.6.59 SecureOn Pass Register 3 (RXFSOP3)  
8-68. SecureOn Pass Register 3 (RXFSOP3), Address 0x013B  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
SCRON_PASSWORD _ 47_32  
0, RW  
Bits 47:32 of secure-on password for magic packet  
8.6.60 Receive Pattern Register 1 (RXFPAT1)  
8-69. Receive Pattern Register 1 (RXFPAT1), Address 0x013C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_0_1  
0, RW  
Bytes 0 (LSbyte) + 1 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be  
masked separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK  
registers.  
8.6.61 Receive Pattern Register 2 (RXFPAT2)  
8-70. Receive Pattern Register 2 (RXFPAT2), Address 0x013D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_2_3  
0, RW  
Bytes 2 + 3 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 101  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.62 Receive Pattern Register 3 (RXFPAT3)  
8-71. Receive Pattern Register 3 (RXFPAT3), Address 0x013E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_4_5  
0, RW  
Bytes 4 + 5 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.63 Receive Pattern Register 4 (RXFPAT4)  
8-72. Receive Pattern Register 4 (RXFPAT4), Address 0x013F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_6_7  
0, RW  
Bytes 6 + 7 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.64 Receive Pattern Register 5 (RXFPAT5)  
8-73. Receive Pattern Register 5 (RXFPAT5), Address 0x0140  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_8_9  
0, RW  
Bytes 8 + 9 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.65 Receive Pattern Register 6 (RXFPAT6)  
8-74. Receive Pattern Register 6 (RXFPAT6), Address 0x0141  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_10_11  
0, RW  
Bytes 10 + 11 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.66 Receive Pattern Register 7 (RXFPAT7)  
8-75. Receive Pattern Register 7 (RXFPAT7), Address 0x0142  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_12_13  
0, RW  
Bytes 12 + 13 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.67 Receive Pattern Register 8 (RXFPAT8)  
8-76. Receive Pattern Register 8 (RXFPAT8), Address 0x0143  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_14_15  
0, RW  
Bytes 0 14 + 15 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.68 Receive Pattern Register 9 (RXFPAT9)  
8-77. Receive Pattern Register 9 (RXFPAT9), Address 0x0144  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_16_17  
0, RW.  
Bytes 16 + 17 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
102 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.69 Receive Pattern Register 10 (RXFPAT10)  
8-78. Receive Pattern Register 10 (RXFPAT10), Address 0x0145  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_18_19  
0, RW  
Bytes 18 + 19 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.70 Receive Pattern Register 11 (RXFPAT11)  
8-79. Receive Pattern Register 11 (RXFPAT11), Address 0x0146  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_20_21  
0, RW  
Bytes 20 + 21 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.71 Receive Pattern Register 12 (RXFPAT12)  
8-80. Receive Pattern Register 12 (RXFPAT12), Address 0x0147  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_22_23  
0, RW  
Bytes 22 + 23 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.72 Receive Pattern Register 13 (RXFPAT13)  
8-81. Receive Pattern Register 13 (RXFPAT13), Address 0x0148  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_24_25  
0, RW  
Bytes 24 + 25 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.73 Receive Pattern Register 14 (RXFPAT14)  
8-82. Receive Pattern Register 14 (RXFPAT14), Address 0x0149  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_26_27  
0, RW  
Bytes 26 + 27 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.74 Receive Pattern Register 15 (RXFPAT15)  
8-83. Receive Pattern Register 15 (RXFPAT15), address 0x014A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_28_29  
0, RW  
Bytes 28 + 29 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.75 Receive Pattern Register 16 (RXFPAT16)  
8-84. Receive Pattern Register 16 (RXFPAT16), Address 0x014B  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_30_31  
0, RW  
Bytes 30 + 31 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.76 Receive Pattern Register 17 (RXFPAT17)  
8-85. Receive Pattern Register 17 (RXFPAT17), Address 0x014C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_32_33  
0, RW  
Bytes 32 + 33 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 103  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.77 Receive Pattern Register 18 (RXFPAT18)  
8-86. Receive Pattern Register 18 (RXFPAT18), Address 0x014D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_34_35  
0, RW  
Bytes 34 + 35 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.78 Receive Pattern Register 19 (RXFPAT19)  
8-87. Receive Pattern Register 19 (RXFPAT19), Address 0x014E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_36_37  
0, RW  
Bytes 36 + 37 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.79 Receive Pattern Register 20 (RXFPAT20)  
8-88. Receive Pattern Register 20 (RXFPAT20), Address 0x014F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_38_39  
0, RW  
Bytes 38 + 39 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.80 Receive Pattern Register 21 (RXFPAT21)  
8-89. Receive Pattern Register 21 (RXFPAT21), Address 0x0150  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_38_39  
0, RW  
Bytes 38 + 39 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.81 Receive Pattern Register 22 (RXFPAT22)  
8-90. Receive Pattern Register 22 (RXFPAT22), Address 0x0151  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_42_43  
0, RW  
Bytes 42 + 43 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.82 Receive Pattern Register 23 (RXFPAT23)  
8-91. Receive Pattern Register 23 (RXFPAT23), Address 0x0152  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_44_45  
0, RW  
Bytes 44 + 45 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.83 Receive Pattern Register 24 (RXFPAT24)  
8-92. Receive Pattern Register 24 (RXFPAT24), Address 0x0153  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_46_47  
0, RW  
Bytes 46 + 47 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.84 Receive Pattern Register 25 (RXFPAT25)  
8-93. Receive Pattern Register 25 (RXFPAT25), Address 0x0154  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_48_49  
0, RW  
Bytes 48 + 49 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
104 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.85 Receive Pattern Register 26 (RXFPAT26)  
8-94. Receive Pattern Register 26 (RXFPAT26), Address 0x0155  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_50_51  
0, RW  
Bytes 50 + 51 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.86 Receive Pattern Register 27 (RXFPAT27)  
8-95. Receive Pattern Register 27 (RXFPAT27), Address 0x0156  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_52_53  
0, RW  
Bytes 52 + 53 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.87 Receive Pattern Register 28 (RXFPAT28)  
8-96. Receive Pattern Register 28 (RXFPAT28), Address 0x0157  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_54_55  
0, RW  
Bytes 54 + 55 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.88 Receive Pattern Register 29 (RXFPAT29)  
8-97. Receive Pattern Register 29 (RXFPAT29), Address 0x0158  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_56_57  
0, RW  
Bytes 56 + 57 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.89 Receive Pattern Register 30 (RXFPAT30)  
8-98. Receive Pattern Register 30 (RXFPAT30), Address 0x0159  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_58_59  
0, RW  
Bytes 58 + 59 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.90 Receive Pattern Register 31 (RXFPAT31)  
8-99. Receive Pattern Register 31 (RXFPAT31), Address 0x015A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_0_1  
0, RW  
Bytes 60 + 61 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.91 Receive Pattern Register 32 (RXFPAT32)  
8-100. Receive Pattern Register 32 (RXFPAT32), Address 0x015B  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_62_63  
0, RW  
Bytes 62 + 63 of the configured pattern. Each byte can be masked  
separately through the RXF_PATTERN_BYTE_MASK registers.  
8.6.92 Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 1 (RXFPBM1)  
8-101. Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 1 (RXFPBM1), Address 0x015C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_ MASK_0_15 0, RW  
Masks for bytes 0 to 15 of the pattern. A 1 indicates a mask for the  
associated byte.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 105  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.93 Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 2 (RXFPBM2)  
8-102. Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 2 (RXFPBM2), Address 0x015D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_  
MASK_16_31  
0, RW  
Masks for bytes 16 to 31 of the pattern. A 1 indicates a mask for the  
associated byte.  
8.6.94 Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 3 (RXFPBM3)  
8-103. Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 3 (RXFPBM3), Address 0x015E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_  
MASK_32_47  
0, RW  
Masks for bytes 32 to 47 of the pattern. A 1 indicates a mask for the  
associated byte.  
8.6.95 Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 4 (RXFPBM4)  
8-104. Receive Pattern Byte Mask Register 4 (RXFPBM4), Address 0x015F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:0  
PATTERN_BYTES_  
MASK_48_63  
0, RW  
Masks for bytes 48 to 63 of the pattern. A 1 indicates a mask for the  
associated byte.  
8.6.96 Receive Pattern Control (RXFPATC)  
8-105. Receive Status Register (RXFSTS), Address 0x0161  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
PATTERN_START_POINT  
DEFAULT  
0, RO  
0, RW  
DESCRIPTION  
15:6  
5:0  
RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
Number of bytes after SFD where comparison of the RX packet to  
the configured pattern begins:  
111111 - Start compare in the 64th byte after SFD  
000000 - Start compare in the 1st byte after SFD  
8.6.97 I/O Configuration (IO_MUX_CFG)  
8-106. I/O Configuration (IO_MUX_CFG), Address 0x0170  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
0, RO  
0 1100, RW  
DESCRIPTION  
15:13  
12:8  
RESERVED  
RESERVED  
CLK_O_SEL  
Clock Output Select:  
01101 - 11111: RESERVED  
01100: Reference clock (synchronous to XI input clock)  
01011: Channel D transmit clock  
01010: Channel C transmit clock  
01001: Channel B transmit clock  
01000: Channel A transmit clock  
00111: Channel D receive clock divided by 5  
00110: Channel C receive clock divided by 5  
00101: Channel B receive clock divided by 5  
00100: Channel A receive clock divided by 5  
00011: Channel D receive clock  
00010: Channel C receive clock  
00001: Channel B receive clock  
00000: Channel A receive clock  
7
6
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
CLK_O_DISABLE  
PAP: Strap, RW Clock Output Disable:  
RGZ: 0,RW  
1 = Disable clock output on CLK_OUT pin.  
0 = Enable clock output on CLK_OUT pin.  
5
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
106 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-106. I/O Configuration (IO_MUX_CFG), Address 0x0170 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
4:0  
IO_IMPEDANCE_CTRL  
TRIM, RW  
Impedance Control for MAC I/Os:  
Output impedance approximate range from 35-70 Ωin 32 steps.  
Lowest being 11111 and highest being 00000. Range and Step size  
will vary with process.  
Default is set to 50 Ωby trim. But the default register value can vary  
by process. Non default values of MAC I/O impedance can be used  
based on trace impedance. Mismatch between device and trace  
impedance can cause voltage overshoot and undershoot.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 107  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.98 GPIO Mux Control Register 1 (GPIO_MUX_CTRL1)  
This register is only available for PAP devices. It is not applicable to RGZ devices.  
8-107. GPIO Mux Control Register 1 (GPIO_MUX_CTRL1), Address 0x0171  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
RW, 0000  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11:8  
7:4  
RX_D7_GPIO_CTRL  
RX_D7 GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_D7  
RX_D6_GPIO_CTRL  
RW, 0000  
RX_D6 GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_D6  
RX_D5_GPIO_CTRL  
RW, 0000  
RX_D5 GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_D5  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
108 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-107. GPIO Mux Control Register 1 (GPIO_MUX_CTRL1), Address 0x0171 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
3:0  
RX_D4_GPIO_CTRL  
RW, 0000  
RX_D4 GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_D4  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 109  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.99 GPIO Mux Control Register 2 (GPIO_MUX_CTRL2)  
This description is only for PAP devices. For RGZ devices, refer to 8.6.100  
8-108. GPIO Mux Control Register 2 (GPIO_MUX_CTRL2), Address 0x0172  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11:8  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
CRS_GPIO_CTRL  
COL_GPIO_CTRL  
RX_ER_GPIO_CTRL  
RW, 0000  
RW, 0000  
RW, 0000  
CRS GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: CRS  
7:4  
COL GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: COL  
3:0  
RX_ER GPIO Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant '1'  
1000: Constant '0'  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_ER  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
110  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.100 GPIO Mux Control Register (GPIO_MUX_CTRL)  
This description is only for RGZ devices. For PAP devices refer to 8.6.99  
8-109. GPIO Mux Control Register (GPIO_MUX_CTRL), Address 0x0172  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
RESERVED  
GPIO_1_CTRL  
DEFAULT  
0, RO  
RW, 0000  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:4  
RESERVED  
GPIO_1 Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant 1  
1000: Constant 0  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: COL  
3:0  
GPIO_0_CTRL  
RW, 0000  
GPIO_0 Control:  
1010 - 1111: RESERVED  
1001: Constant 1  
1000: Constant 0  
0111: PRBS Errors / Loss of Sync  
0110: LED_3  
0101: RESERVED  
0100: Energy Detect (1000Base-T and 100Base-TX only)  
0011: WOL  
0010: 1588 RX SFD  
0001: 1588 TX SFD  
0000: RX_ER  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
111  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.101 TDR General Configuration Register 1 (TDR_GEN_CFG1)  
8-110. TDR General Configuration Register 1 (TDR_GEN_CFG1), Address 0x0180  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:13  
12  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
TDR_CH_CD_BYPASS  
0, RW  
0, RW  
TDR Bypass for Channel C and D:  
1 = Bypass channel C and D in TDR tests.  
0 = Normal operation.  
11  
TDR_CROSS_MODE_DIS  
Disable TDR Cross Mode:  
1 = Disable cross mode option. Do not check cross channels. Only  
listen to the channel being used for transmit.  
0 = Normal operation.  
10  
TDR_NLP_CHECK  
TDR_AVG_NUM  
1, RW  
TDR NLP Check:  
1 = Check for NLPs during silence.  
0 = Normal operation.  
9:7  
110, RW  
Number Of TDR Cycles to Average:  
111: RESERVED: Writes ignored, read as 0.  
110: 64 TDR cycles  
101: 32 TDR cycles  
100: 16 TDR cycles  
011: 8 TDR cycles  
010: 4 TDR cycles  
001: 2 TDR cycles  
000: 1 TDR cycle  
6:4  
3:0  
TDR_SEG_NUM  
101, RW  
010, RW  
Set the number of TDR segments to check.  
TDR_CYCLE_TIME  
Set the time for each TDR cycle. Value is measured in  
microseconds.  
8.6.102 TDR Peak Locations Register 1 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_1)  
8-111. TDR Peak Locations Register 1 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_1), Address 0x0190  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_A_1  
0, RO  
Location of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_A_0  
0, RO  
Location of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
8.6.103 TDR Peak Locations Register 2 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_2)  
8-112. TDR Peak Locations Register 2 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_2), Address 0x0191  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_A_3  
0, RO  
Location of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_A_2  
0, RO  
Location of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
8.6.104 TDR Peak Locations Register 3 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_3)  
8-113. TDR Peak Locations Register 3 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_3), Address 0x0192  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_B_0  
0, RO  
Location of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
112  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-113. TDR Peak Locations Register 3 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_3), Address 0x0192 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_A_4  
0, RO  
Location of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
8.6.105 TDR Peak Locations Register 4 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_4)  
8-114. TDR Peak Locations Register 4 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_4), Address 0x0193  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_B_2  
0, RO  
Location of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_B_1  
0, RO  
Location of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
8.6.106 TDR Peak Locations Register 5 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_5)  
8-115. TDR Peak Locations Register 5 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_5), Address 0x0194  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_B_4  
0, RO  
Location of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_B_3  
0, RO  
Location of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into distance from the  
PHY.  
8.6.107 TDR Peak Locations Register 6 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_6)  
8-116. TDR Peak Locations Register 6 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_6), Address 0x0195  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_C_1  
0, RO  
Location of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_C_0  
0, RO  
Location of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
8.6.108 TDR Peak Locations Register 7 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_7)  
8-117. TDR Peak Locations Register 7 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_7), Address 0x0196  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_C_3  
0, RO  
Location of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_C_2  
0, RO  
Location of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
8.6.109 TDR Peak Locations Register 8 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_8)  
8-118. TDR Peak Locations Register 8 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_8), Address 0x0197  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_D_0  
0, RO  
Location of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
113  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8-118. TDR Peak Locations Register 8 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_8), Address 0x0197 (continued)  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_C_4  
0, RO  
Location of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
8.6.110 TDR Peak Locations Register 9 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_9)  
8-119. TDR Peak Locations Register 9 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_9), Address 0x0198  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_D_2  
0, RO  
Location of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_D_1  
0, RO  
Location of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
8.6.111 TDR Peak Locations Register 10 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_10)  
8-120. TDR Peak Locations Register 10 (TDR_PEAKS_LOC_10), Address 0x0199  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:8  
7:0  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_D_4  
0, RO  
Location of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
TDR_PEAKS_LOC_D_3  
0, RO  
Location of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into distance from  
the PHY.  
8.6.112 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 1 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_1)  
8-121. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 1 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_1), Address 0x019A  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_A_1  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_A_0  
Amplitude of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.113 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 2 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_2)  
8-122. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 2 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_2), Address 0x019B  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_A_3  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_A_2  
Amplitude of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
114  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.114 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 3 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_3)  
8-123. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 3 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_3), Address 0x019C  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_B_0  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_A_4  
Amplitude of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel A. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.115 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 4 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_4)  
8-124. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 4 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_4), Address 0x019D  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_B_2  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_B_1  
Amplitude of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.116 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 5 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_5)  
8-125. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 5 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_5), Address 0x019E  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_B_4  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_B_3  
Amplitude of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel B. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.117 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 6 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_6)  
8-126. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 6 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_6), Address 0x019F  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_C_1  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_C_0  
Amplitude of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
115  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.118 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 7 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_7)  
8-127. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 7 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_7), Address 0x01A0  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_C_3  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_C_2  
Amplitude of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.119 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 8 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_8)  
8-128. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 8 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_8), Address 0x01A1  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_D_0  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the first peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_C_4  
Amplitude of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel C. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.120 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 9 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_9)  
8-129. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 9 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_9), Address 0x01A2  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_D_2  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the third peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_D_1  
Amplitude of the second peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
8.6.121 TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 10 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_10)  
8-130. TDR Peak Amplitudes Register 10 (TDR_PEAKS_AMP_10), Address 0x01A3  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
14:8  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_D_4  
0, RO  
Amplitude of the fifth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
7
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
6:0  
TDR_PEAKS_AMP_D_3  
Amplitude of the fourth peak discovered by the TDR mechanism on  
channel D. The value of these bits is translated into type of cable  
fault and-or interference.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
116  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
8.6.122 TDR General Status (TDR_GEN_STATUS)  
8-131. TDR General Status (TDR_GEN_STATUS), Address 0x01A4  
BIT  
BIT NAME  
DEFAULT  
DESCRIPTION  
15:12  
11  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
RESERVED  
TDR_P_LOC_CROSS_MODE_D 0, RO  
TDR_P_LOC_CROSS_MODE_C 0, RO  
TDR_P_LOC_CROSS_MODE_B 0, RO  
TDR_P_LOC_CROSS_MODE_A 0, RO  
Cross Detect on Channel D:  
1 = Cross reflection detected on channel D. Indicates a short  
between channels.  
0 = No cross reflection detected.  
10  
9
Cross Detect on Channel C:  
1 = Cross reflection detected on channel C. Indicates a short  
between channels.  
0 = No cross reflection detected.  
Cross Detect on Channel B:  
1 = Cross reflection detected on channel B. Indicates a short  
between channels.  
0 = No cross reflection detected.  
8
Cross Detect on Channel A:  
1 = Cross reflection detected on channel A. Indicates a short  
between channels.  
0 = No cross reflection detected.  
7
TDR_P_LOC_OVERFLOW_D  
TDR_P_LOC_OVERFLOW_C  
TDR_P_LOC_OVERFLOW_B  
TDR_P_LOC_OVERFLOW_A  
RESERVED  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
0, RO  
Peak Overflow on Channel D:  
1 = More than 5 reflections were detected on channel D.  
0 = Normal operation.  
6
Peak Overflow on Channel C:  
1 = More than 5 reflections were detected on channel C.  
0 = Normal operation.  
5
Peak Overflow on Channel B:  
1 = More than 5 reflections were detected on channel B.  
0 = Normal operation.  
4
Peak Overflow on Channel A:  
1 = More than 5 reflections were detected on channel A.  
0 = Normal operation.  
3:0  
RESERVED  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
117  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9 Application and Implementation  
备注  
以下应用部分中的信息不属TI 器件规格的范围TI 不担保其准确性和完整性。TI 的客 户应负责确定  
器件是否适用于其应用。客户应验证并测试其设计以确保系统功能。  
9.1 Application Information  
The DP83867 is a single port 10/100/1000 Ethernet PHY. It supports connections to an Ethernet MAC via RGMII  
or GMII. Connections to the Ethernet media are made via the IEEE 802.3 defined Media Dependent Interface.  
DP83867IRRGZ/CRRGZ support only RGMII.  
When using the device for Ethernet application, it is necessary to meet certain requirements for normal operation  
of the device. The following typical application and design requirements can be used for selecting appropriate  
component values for DP83867.  
9.2 Typical Application  
MII (PAP)  
GMII (PAP)  
RGMII (PAP, RGZ)  
10BASE-Te  
100BASE-TX  
1000BASE-T  
DP83867  
10/100/1000 Mbps  
Ethernet Physical Layer  
Ethernet MAC  
Magnetics  
RJ-45  
25 MHz  
Crystal or Oscillator  
Status  
LEDs  
9-1. Typical DP83867 Application  
9.2.1 Design Requirements  
The design requirements for the DP83867 are:  
VDDA2P5 = 2.5 V  
VDD1P1 (PAP) = 1.1 V  
VDD1P0 (RGZ) = 1.0 V  
VDDIO = 3.3 V, 2.5 V, or 1.8 V  
Clock Input = 25 MHz  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
118  
Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9.2.1.1 Cable Line Driver  
The line driver implementation is designed to support simple connections to the transformer and the connector.  
The DP83867 includes integrated terminations so no external termination resistors are required.  
The connection diagram for the cable line driver is shown in 9-2.  
DP83867  
Magnetics  
RJ-45 Connector  
Pin 1  
TD_P_A  
TD_M_A  
TD_P_B  
Pin 2  
Pin 3  
TD_M_B  
TD_P_C  
Pin 6  
Pin 4  
TD_M_C  
TD_P_D  
Pin 5  
Pin 7  
TD_M_D  
Pin 8  
0.1µF  
0.1µF  
0.1µF  
0.1µF  
75  
75ꢀ  
75ꢀ  
75ꢀ  
1nF  
2kV  
A. Each center tap on the side connected to the PHY, must be isolated from one another and connected to ground via a decoupling  
capacitor (0.1 µF recommended).  
B. Pulse Electronics part, HX5008FNL is recommended for a discrete magnetics solution.  
9-2. Magnetics Connections  
Magnetic isolation used with the DP83867 can either be a discrete solution or integrated with the RJ-45  
connector. Refer to 9-1 for the electrical requirements.  
9-1. Magnetic Isolation Requirements  
PARAMETER  
Turns Ratio  
TEST CONDITIONS  
±2% Tolerance  
-
TYP  
1:1  
UNIT  
-
Open Circuit Inductance  
Insertion Loss  
320 to 350  
-1  
µH  
dB  
1-100 MHz  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback  
119  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9-1. Magnetic Isolation Requirements (continued)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
TYP  
-16  
UNIT  
dB  
1-30 MHz  
Return Loss  
30-60 MHz  
60-100 MHz  
1-50 MHz  
-12  
dB  
-10  
dB  
-30  
dB  
Differential to Common Mode Rejection Ratio  
50-150 MHz  
30 MHz  
-20  
dB  
-35  
dB  
Crosstalk  
Isolation  
60 MHz  
-30  
dB  
HPOT  
1500  
Vrms  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
120 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9.2.1.2 Clock In (XI) Recommendation  
If an external clock source is used, XO should be left floating. For a 1.8-V clock source, XI should be tied to the  
clock source. For a 3.3-V or 2.5-V clock source, a capacitor divider is recommended as shown in 9-3. For a  
3.3-V clock source, the CD1 and CD2 capacitors used are recommended to be 27 pF. If a 2.5-V clock source is  
used check with the vendor for recommended capacitor loads. The values of CD1 and CD2 shall be adjusted to  
meet XI Input pin specification defined in 7.5.  
XI  
XO  
3.3V or 2.5V  
Clock Source  
CD1  
CD2  
9-3. Clock Divider  
The CMOS 25-MHz oscillator specifications are listed in 9-2. Additionally, the maximum oscillator phase noise  
tolerated by the PHY is shown in 9-4  
9-2. 25-MHz Oscillator Specifications  
PARAMETER  
Frequency  
TEST CONDITION  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
MHz  
ppm  
ppm  
ns  
25  
Frequency Tolerance  
Frequency Stability  
Rise / Fall Time  
Symmetry  
Operational Temperature  
1 year aging  
±50  
±50  
5
20% - 80%  
Duty Cycle  
40%  
60%  
11  
Jitter RMS  
Integration Band: 12 kHz to 5 MHz  
ps  
-85  
-90  
-95  
-100  
-105  
-110  
-115  
-120  
-125  
-130  
10  
100  
1000 10000  
Frequency Offset (Hz)  
100000  
1000000  
D001  
9-4. 25-MHz Oscillator Phase Noise  
9.2.1.3 Crystal Recommendations  
A 25-MHz, parallel, 18-pF load crystal resonator should be used if a crystal source is desired. 9-5 shows a  
typical connection for a crystal resonator circuit. The load capacitor values vary with the crystal vendors; check  
with the vendor for the recommended loads.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 121  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
XI  
XO  
R1  
CL1  
CL2  
9-5. Crystal Oscillator Circuit  
As a starting point for evaluating an oscillator circuit, if the requirements for the crystal are not known, CL1 and  
CL2 should be set at 27 pF, and R1 should be set at 0 Ω.  
Specification for 25-MHz crystal are listed in 9-3.  
9-3. 25-MHz Crystal Specifications  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITION  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Frequency  
25  
MHz  
Frequency  
Tolerance  
Operational Temperature  
1 year aging  
±50  
±50  
ppm  
ppm  
Frequency Stability  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
122 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9.2.1.4 Clock Out (CLK_OUT) Phase Noise  
9-6 provides a phase noise plot for the 25 MHz clock output from the device.  
A. This measurement was taken on a DP83867 configured as a slave. The PHY was linked to another DP83867 configured as the master.  
Both devices had PRBS enabled (BISCR, register 0x0016, configured to 0xD000).  
B. The phase noise on the CLK_OUT pin before linkup and after link up with no packets being generated are expected to be lower than  
pictured.  
9-6. 25 MHz Clock Output Phase Noise  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 123  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
9.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.2.1 MAC Interface  
The Media Independent Interface (RGMII / GMII) connects the DP83867 to the Media Access Controller (MAC).  
The MAC may in fact be a discrete device, integrated into a microprocessor, CPU or FPGA.  
9.2.2.1.1 RGMII Layout Guidelines  
RGMII signals are single-ended signals.  
Traces must be routed with impedance of 50 Ωto ground.  
Skew between TXD[3:0] lines should be less than 11 ps, which correlates to 60 mil for standard FR4.  
Skew between RXD[3:0] lines should be less than 11 ps, which correlates to 60 mil for standard FR4.  
Keep trace lengths as short as possible; less than 2 inches is recommended with less than 6 inches as  
maximum length.  
Configurable clock skew for GTX_CLK and RX_CLK.  
Clock skew for RX and TX paths can be optimized independently.  
Clock skew is adjustable in 0.25-ns increments (through register).  
9.2.2.1.2 GMII Layout Guidelines  
GMII signals are single-ended signals.  
Traces should be routed with impedance of 50 Ωto ground.  
Keep trace lengths as short as possible, less than 2 inches recommended, less than 6 inches maximum  
length.  
9.2.2.2 Media Dependent Interface (MDI)  
The Media Dependent Interface (MDI) connects the DP83867 to the transformer and the Ethernet network.  
9.2.2.2.1 MDI Layout Guidelines  
MDI traces must be 50 Ωto ground and 100 Ω-differential controlled impedance.  
Route MDI traces to transformer on the same layer.  
Use a metal shielded RJ-45 connector, and connect the shield to chassis ground.  
Use magnetics with integrated common-mode choking devices.  
Void supplies and ground beneath magnetics.  
Do not overlap the circuit and chassis ground planes, keep them isolated. Instead, make chassis ground an  
isolated island and make a void between the chassis and circuit ground. Connecting circuit and chassis  
planes using a size 1206 resistor and capacitor on either side of the connector is a good practice.  
9.2.3 Application Curves  
9-4 lists the application curves for this application.  
9-4. Table of Graphs  
TITLE  
FIGURE  
7-25  
7-26  
1000Base-T Signaling  
100Base-TX Signaling  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
124 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
10 Power Supply Recommendations  
The DP83867 is capable of operating with as few as two or three supplies. The I/O power supply can also be  
operated independently of the main device power supplies to provide flexibility for the MAC interface.  
For detailed information about DP83867 power consumption for specific supplies under a wide set of conditions,  
see the DP83867E/IS/CS/IR/CR RGZ Power Consumption Data application report (SNLA241).  
The connection diagrams for the two-supply and three-supply configurations are shown in 10-1 and 10-2.  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
VDDIO  
VDDIO  
1.1V  
(1.0V)  
Supply  
VDDIO  
Supply  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
10 mF 10 nF  
10 nF 10 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
VDDIO  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
0.1 mF  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA1P8  
VDDA1P8  
2.5V  
Supply  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
10 mF 10 nF  
GND  
(Die Attach Pad)  
For two supply configuration, both VDDA1P8 pins must be left unconnected.  
RGZ devices support 1.0V on VDD1P0 pins  
Place 1-µF and 0.1-µF decoupling capacitors as close as possible to component VDD pins, placing the 0.1-µF capacitor closest to the  
pin.  
VDDIO may be 3.3 V or 2.5 V or 1.8 V.  
No Components should be connected to VDDA1P8 pins in Two Supply Configuration.  
10-1. Two Supply Configuration  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 125  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
VDDIO  
1.1V  
(1.0V)  
Supply  
VDDIO  
Supply  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
VDDIO  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
10 mF 10 nF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
10 nF 10 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
VDDIO  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
VDD1P1  
(VDD1P0)  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA2P5  
VDDA1P8  
VDDA1P8  
2.5V  
Supply  
1.8V  
Supply  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
0.1 mF  
0.1 mF  
1 mF  
1 mF  
10 mF 10 nF  
1 mF 10 nF 10 mF  
GND  
(Die Attach Pad)  
Place 1-µF and 0.1-µF decoupling capacitors as close as possible to component VDD pins, placing the 0.1-µF capacitor closest to the  
pin.  
RGZ devices support 1.0V on VDD1P0 pins  
Note: VDDIO may be 3.3 V or 2.5 V or 1.8 V.  
10-2. Three Supply Configuration  
There is no requirement for the sequence of the supplies when operating in two-supply mode.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
126 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
When operating in three-supply mode, the 1.8-V VDDA1P8 supply must be stable within 25 ms of the 2.5-V  
VDDA2P5 supply ramping up. There is no sequencing requirement for other supplies when operating in three-  
supply mode.  
When powering down the DP83867, the 1.8-V supply should be brought down before the 2.5-V supply.  
VDDA2P5  
tt1t  
VDDA1P8  
10-3. Three-Supply Mode Power Supply Sequence Diagram  
10-1. Three-Supply Mode Power Supply Sequence  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
NOM  
MAX UNIT  
Beginning of VDDA2P5 ramp up  
to VDDA1P8 stable  
T1  
0
25  
ms  
备注  
If the 2.5-V power supply provides power to DP83867 devices only, the 1.8-V supply may ramp up any  
time before 2.5-V.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 127  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
11 Layout  
11.1 Layout Guidelines  
11.1.1 Signal Traces  
PCB traces are lossy and long traces can degrade the signal quality. Traces must be kept short as possible.  
Unless mentioned otherwise, all signal traces should be 50-Ω, single-ended impedance. Differential traces  
should be 50-Ω, single-ended and 100-Ω differential. Take care that the impedance is constant throughout.  
Impedance discontinuities cause reflections leading to EMI & signal integrity problems. Stubs must be avoided  
on all signal traces, especially the differential signal pairs. See 11-1  
Within the differential pairs, the trace lengths must run parallel to each other and matched in length. Matched  
lengths minimize delay differences, avoiding an increase in common-mode noise and increased EMI.  
Length matching is also important on MAC interface. All Transmit signal trace lengths must match to each other  
and all Receive signal trace lengths must match to each other.  
Ideally, there should be no crossover or via on the signal paths. Vias present impedance discontinuities and  
should be minimized. Route an entire trace pair on a single layer if possible.  
11-1. Avoiding Stubs in a Differential Signal Pair  
Signals on different layers should not cross each other without at least one return path plane between them.  
Coupling between traces is also an important factor. Unwanted coupling can cause cross talk problems.  
Differential pairs on the other hand, should have a constant coupling distance between them.  
For convenience and efficient layout process, start by routing the critical signals first.  
11.1.2 Return Path  
A general best practice is to have a solid return path beneath all signal traces. This return path can be a  
continuous ground or DC power plane. Reducing the width of the return path width can potentially affect the  
impedance of the signal trace. This effect is more prominent when the width of the return path is comparable to  
the width of the signal trace. Breaks in return path beneath the signal traces should be avoided at all cost. A  
signal crossing a plane split may cause unpredictable return path currents and would likely impact signal quality  
as well, potentially creating EMI problems. See 11-2  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
128 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
11-2. Differential Signal Pair-Plane Crossing  
11.1.3 Transformer Layout  
There should be no metal layer running beneath the transformer. Transformers can inject noise in metal beneath  
them which can affect the performance of the system.  
11.1.4 Metal Pour  
All metal pours which are not signals or power should be tied to ground. There should be no floating metal on  
the system. There should be no metal between the differential traces.  
11.1.5 PCB Layer Stacking  
To meet signal integrity and performance requirements, at minimum a 4-layer PCB should be used. However a  
6-layer board is recommended. See 11-3 for the recommended layer stack ups for 4, 6 and 8-layer boards.  
These are recommendations not requirements, other configurations can be used as per system requirements.  
11-3. Recommended Layer Stack Up  
Within a PCB, it may be desirable to run traces using different methods, microstrip vs. stripline, depending on the  
location of the signal on the PCB. For example, it may be desirable to change layer stacking where an isolated  
chassis ground plane is used. 11-4 illustrates alternative PCB stacking options.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 129  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
11-4. Alternative Layer Stack Up  
11.2 Layout Example  
Plane  
Coupling  
Component  
Transformer  
RJ45  
Connector  
PHY  
Component  
(if not  
Integrated in  
RJ45)  
Plane  
Coupling  
Component  
Note: Power/Ground  
Planes Voided under  
Transformer  
Chassis  
Ground  
Plane  
System Power/  
Ground Planes  
11-5. Layout Example  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
130 Submit Document Feedback  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
DP83867IR, DP83867CR  
ZHCSDE3G FEBRUARY 2015 REVISED OCTOBER 2022  
www.ti.com.cn  
12 Device and Documentation Support  
12.1 Documentation Support  
12.1.1 Related Documentation  
For related documentation, see the following:  
DP83867 Troubleshooting Guide (SNLA246)  
How to Configure DP838XX for Ethernet Compliance Testing (SNLA239)  
Configuring Ethernet Devices with 4-Level Straps (SNLA258)  
RGMII Interface Timing Budgets (SNLA243)  
DP83867E/IS/CS/IR/CR RGZ Power Consumption Data (SNLA241)  
How to Configure DP83867 Start of Frame (SNLA242)  
12.2 Related Links  
The table below lists quick access links. Categories include technical documents, support and community  
resources, tools and software, and quick access to order now.  
12-1. Related Links  
TECHNICAL  
DOCUMENTS  
TOOLS &  
SOFTWARE  
SUPPORT &  
COMMUNITY  
PARTS  
PRODUCT FOLDER  
ORDER NOW  
DP83867IR  
DP83867CR  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
Click here  
12.3 接收文档更新通知  
要接收文档更新通知请导航至 ti.com 上的器件产品文件夹。点击订阅更新 进行注册即可每周接收产品信息更  
改摘要。有关更改的详细信息请查看任何已修订文档中包含的修订历史记录。  
12.4 支持资源  
TI E2E支持论坛是工程师的重要参考资料可直接从专家获得快速、经过验证的解答和设计帮助。搜索现有解  
答或提出自己的问题可获得所需的快速设计帮助。  
链接的内容由各个贡献者“按原样”提供。这些内容并不构成 TI 技术规范并且不一定反映 TI 的观点请参阅  
TI 《使用条款》。  
12.5 Electrostatic Discharge Caution  
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled  
with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.  
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may  
be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published  
specifications.  
12.6 术语表  
TI 术语表  
本术语表列出并解释了术语、首字母缩略词和定义。  
12.7 Trademarks  
TI E2Eis a trademark of Texas Instruments.  
所有商标均为其各自所有者的财产。  
Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information  
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most  
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of  
this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.  
Copyright © 2022 Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Document Feedback 131  
Product Folder Links: DP83867IR DP83867CR  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
28-Oct-2022  
PACKAGING INFORMATION  
Orderable Device  
Status Package Type Package Pins Package  
Eco Plan  
Lead finish/  
Ball material  
MSL Peak Temp  
Op Temp (°C)  
Device Marking  
Samples  
Drawing  
Qty  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(4/5)  
(6)  
DP83867CRRGZR  
DP83867CRRGZT  
DP83867IRPAPR  
DP83867IRPAPT  
DP83867IRRGZR  
DP83867IRRGZT  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
VQFN  
VQFN  
HTQFP  
HTQFP  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RGZ  
RGZ  
PAP  
PAP  
RGZ  
RGZ  
48  
48  
64  
64  
48  
48  
2500 RoHS & Green  
250 RoHS & Green  
1000 RoHS & Green  
250 RoHS & Green  
2500 RoHS & Green  
250 RoHS & Green  
NIPDAU  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
0 to 70  
0 to 70  
DP83867CR  
Samples  
Samples  
Samples  
Samples  
Samples  
Samples  
NIPDAU  
NIPDAU  
NIPDAU  
NIPDAU  
NIPDAU  
DP83867CR  
DP83867IR  
DP83867IR  
DP83867IR  
DP83867IR  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
-40 to 85  
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:  
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.  
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.  
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.  
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.  
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.  
(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance  
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may  
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".  
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.  
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based  
flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.  
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.  
(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.  
(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation  
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.  
(6)  
Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two  
lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.  
Addendum-Page 1  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
28-Oct-2022  
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information  
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and  
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.  
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.  
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.  
Addendum-Page 2  
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION  
www.ti.com  
7-Nov-2022  
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION  
REEL DIMENSIONS  
TAPE DIMENSIONS  
K0  
P1  
W
B0  
Reel  
Diameter  
Cavity  
A0  
A0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component width  
B0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component length  
K0 Dimension designed to accommodate the component thickness  
Overall width of the carrier tape  
W
P1 Pitch between successive cavity centers  
Reel Width (W1)  
QUADRANT ASSIGNMENTS FOR PIN 1 ORIENTATION IN TAPE  
Sprocket Holes  
Q1 Q2  
Q3 Q4  
Q1 Q2  
Q3 Q4  
User Direction of Feed  
Pocket Quadrants  
*All dimensions are nominal  
Device  
Package Package Pins  
Type Drawing  
SPQ  
Reel  
Reel  
A0  
B0  
K0  
P1  
W
Pin1  
Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant  
(mm) W1 (mm)  
DP83867CRRGZR  
DP83867CRRGZT  
DP83867IRPAPR  
DP83867IRPAPT  
DP83867IRRGZR  
DP83867IRRGZT  
VQFN  
VQFN  
HTQFP  
HTQFP  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RGZ  
RGZ  
PAP  
PAP  
RGZ  
RGZ  
48  
48  
64  
64  
48  
48  
2500  
250  
330.0  
178.0  
330.0  
178.0  
330.0  
178.0  
16.4  
16.4  
24.4  
24.4  
16.4  
16.4  
7.3  
7.3  
7.3  
7.3  
1.3  
1.3  
1.5  
1.5  
1.3  
1.3  
12.0  
12.0  
16.0  
16.0  
12.0  
12.0  
16.0  
16.0  
24.0  
24.0  
16.0  
16.0  
Q1  
Q1  
Q2  
Q2  
Q1  
Q1  
1000  
250  
13.0  
13.0  
7.3  
13.0  
13.0  
7.3  
2500  
250  
7.3  
7.3  
Pack Materials-Page 1  
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION  
www.ti.com  
7-Nov-2022  
TAPE AND REEL BOX DIMENSIONS  
Width (mm)  
H
W
L
*All dimensions are nominal  
Device  
Package Type Package Drawing Pins  
SPQ  
Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)  
DP83867CRRGZR  
DP83867CRRGZT  
DP83867IRPAPR  
DP83867IRPAPT  
DP83867IRRGZR  
DP83867IRRGZT  
VQFN  
VQFN  
HTQFP  
HTQFP  
VQFN  
VQFN  
RGZ  
RGZ  
PAP  
PAP  
RGZ  
RGZ  
48  
48  
64  
64  
48  
48  
2500  
250  
356.0  
208.0  
367.0  
213.0  
356.0  
208.0  
356.0  
191.0  
367.0  
191.0  
356.0  
191.0  
35.0  
35.0  
45.0  
55.0  
35.0  
35.0  
1000  
250  
2500  
250  
Pack Materials-Page 2  
PACKAGE OUTLINE  
PAP0064M  
PowerPADTM - 1.2 mm max height  
SCALE 1.500  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK  
10.2  
9.8  
PIN 1 ID  
B
64  
49  
A
48  
1
12.2  
TYP  
11.8  
10.2  
9.8  
16  
33  
17  
32  
0.27  
64X  
0.17  
60X 0.5  
4X 7.5  
0.08  
C A  
B
SEE DETAIL A  
1.2 MAX  
C
SEATING PLANE  
0.08  
0.09-0.20  
TYP  
0
MIN  
(0.15) TYP  
NOTE 4  
0.25  
GAGE PLANE  
(1)  
4.44  
3.64  
0.15  
0.05  
0 -7  
0.75  
0.45  
DETAIL  
A
S
C
A
L
E
:
1
2
DETAIL A  
TYPICAL  
EXPOSED  
THERMAL PAD  
(0.15) TYP  
NOTE 4  
4221602/A 07/2014  
PowerPAD is a trademark of Texas Instruments.  
NOTES:  
1. All linear dimensions are in millimeters. Any dimensions in parenthesis are for reference only. Dimensioning and tolerancing  
per ASME Y14.5M.  
2. This drawing is subject to change without notice.  
3. Reference JEDEC registration MS-026, variation ACD.  
4. Strap features may not be present,  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE BOARD LAYOUT  
PAP0064M  
PowerPADTM - 1.2 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK  
(
8) NOTE 7  
4.44)  
(
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
SYMM  
SOLDER MASK  
49  
64  
DEFINED PAD  
64X (1.5)  
1
48  
64X (0.3)  
(0.5)  
TYP  
SYMM  
(11.4)  
60X (0.5)  
(1)  
TYP  
16  
33  
(
0.2) TYP  
VIA  
METAL COVERED  
BY SOLDER MASK  
32  
(1) TYP  
17  
SEE DETAIL  
(0.5) TYP  
(11.4)  
LAND PATTERN EXAMPLE  
SCALE:6X  
0.05 MAX  
ALL AROUND  
METAL  
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
NON SOLDER MASK  
DEFINED  
4221602/A 07/2014  
NOTES: (continued)  
5. Publication IPC-7351 may have alternate designs.  
6. Solder mask tolerances between and around signal pads can vary based on board fabrication site.  
7. This package is designed to be soldered to a thermal pad on the board. For more information, see Texas Instruments literature  
numbers SLMA002 (www.ti.com/lit/slma002) and SLMA004 (www.ti.com/lit/slma004).  
8. Size of metal pad may vary due to creepage requirement.  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE STENCIL DESIGN  
PAP0064M  
PowerPADTM - 1.2 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK  
(
4.44)  
BASED ON  
0.127 THICK STENCIL  
SEE TABLE FOR  
DIFFERENT OPENINGS  
SYMM  
FOR OTHER STENCIL  
THICKNESSES  
64  
49  
64X (1.5)  
1
48  
64X (0.3)  
SYMM  
(11.4)  
60X (0.5)  
16  
33  
METAL COVERED  
BY SOLDER MASK  
17  
32  
(11.4)  
SOLDER PASTE EXAMPLE  
EXPOSED PAD  
100% PRINTED SOLDER COVERAGE BY AREA  
SCALE:6X  
STENCIL  
THICKNESS  
SOLDER STENCIL  
OPENING  
0.1  
5 X 5  
4.44 X 4.44 (SHOWN)  
4.06 X 4.06  
0.127  
0.152  
0.178  
3.75 X 3.75  
4221602/A 07/2014  
NOTES: (continued)  
9. Laser cutting apertures with trapezoidal walls and rounded corners may offer better paste release. IPC-7525 may have alternate  
design recommendations.  
10. Board assembly site may have different recommendations for stencil design.  
www.ti.com  
GENERIC PACKAGE VIEW  
RGZ 48  
7 x 7, 0.5 mm pitch  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUADFLAT PACK- NO LEAD  
Images above are just a representation of the package family, actual package may vary.  
Refer to the product data sheet for package details.  
4224671/A  
www.ti.com  
PACKAGE OUTLINE  
RGZ0048B  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
S
C
A
L
E
2
.
0
0
0
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
7.15  
6.85  
A
B
PIN 1 INDEX AREA  
7.15  
6.85  
1 MAX  
C
SEATING PLANE  
0.05  
0.00  
0.08 C  
2X 5.5  
4.1 0.1  
(0.2) TYP  
EXPOSED  
THERMAL PAD  
13  
24  
44X 0.5  
12  
25  
49  
SYMM  
2X  
5.5  
0.30  
0.18  
36  
48X  
1
0.1  
0.05  
C B A  
48  
37  
SYMM  
PIN 1 ID  
(OPTIONAL)  
0.5  
0.3  
48X  
4218795/B 02/2017  
NOTES:  
1. All linear dimensions are in millimeters. Any dimensions in parenthesis are for reference only. Dimensioning and tolerancing  
per ASME Y14.5M.  
2. This drawing is subject to change without notice.  
3. The package thermal pad must be soldered to the printed circuit board for thermal and mechanical performance.  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE BOARD LAYOUT  
RGZ0048B  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
(
4.1)  
(1.115) TYP  
(0.685)  
TYP  
37  
48  
48X (0.6)  
1
36  
48X (0.24)  
(1.115)  
TYP  
44X (0.5)  
(0.685)  
TYP  
SYMM  
49  
(
0.2) TYP  
VIA  
(6.8)  
(R0.05)  
TYP  
12  
25  
13  
24  
SYMM  
(6.8)  
LAND PATTERN EXAMPLE  
EXPOSED METAL SHOWN  
SCALE:12X  
0.07 MIN  
ALL AROUND  
0.07 MAX  
ALL AROUND  
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
METAL  
EXPOSED METAL  
EXPOSED METAL  
SOLDER MASK  
OPENING  
METAL UNDER  
SOLDER MASK  
NON SOLDER MASK  
DEFINED  
SOLDER MASK  
DEFINED  
(PREFERRED)  
SOLDER MASK DETAILS  
4218795/B 02/2017  
NOTES: (continued)  
4. This package is designed to be soldered to a thermal pad on the board. For more information, see Texas Instruments literature  
number SLUA271 (www.ti.com/lit/slua271).  
5. Vias are optional depending on application, refer to device data sheet. If any vias are implemented, refer to their locations shown  
on this view. It is recommended that vias under paste be filled, plugged or tented.  
www.ti.com  
EXAMPLE STENCIL DESIGN  
RGZ0048B  
VQFN - 1 mm max height  
PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD  
(1.37)  
TYP  
37  
48  
48X (0.6)  
1
36  
48X (0.24)  
44X (0.5)  
(1.37)  
TYP  
SYMM  
49  
(R0.05) TYP  
(6.8)  
9X  
METAL  
TYP  
(
1.17)  
12  
25  
13  
24  
SYMM  
(6.8)  
SOLDER PASTE EXAMPLE  
BASED ON 0.125 mm THICK STENCIL  
EXPOSED PAD 49  
73% PRINTED SOLDER COVERAGE BY AREA UNDER PACKAGE  
SCALE:12X  
4218795/B 02/2017  
NOTES: (continued)  
6. Laser cutting apertures with trapezoidal walls and rounded corners may offer better paste release. IPC-7525 may have alternate  
design recommendations.  
www.ti.com  
重要声明和免责声明  
TI“按原样提供技术和可靠性数据(包括数据表)、设计资源(包括参考设计)、应用或其他设计建议、网络工具、安全信息和其他资源,  
不保证没有瑕疵且不做出任何明示或暗示的担保,包括但不限于对适销性、某特定用途方面的适用性或不侵犯任何第三方知识产权的暗示担  
保。  
这些资源可供使用 TI 产品进行设计的熟练开发人员使用。您将自行承担以下全部责任:(1) 针对您的应用选择合适的 TI 产品,(2) 设计、验  
证并测试您的应用,(3) 确保您的应用满足相应标准以及任何其他功能安全、信息安全、监管或其他要求。  
这些资源如有变更,恕不另行通知。TI 授权您仅可将这些资源用于研发本资源所述的 TI 产品的应用。严禁对这些资源进行其他复制或展示。  
您无权使用任何其他 TI 知识产权或任何第三方知识产权。您应全额赔偿因在这些资源的使用中对 TI 及其代表造成的任何索赔、损害、成  
本、损失和债务,TI 对此概不负责。  
TI 提供的产品受 TI 的销售条款ti.com 上其他适用条款/TI 产品随附的其他适用条款的约束。TI 提供这些资源并不会扩展或以其他方式更改  
TI 针对 TI 产品发布的适用的担保或担保免责声明。  
TI 反对并拒绝您可能提出的任何其他或不同的条款。IMPORTANT NOTICE  
邮寄地址:Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright © 2022,德州仪器 (TI) 公司  

相关型号:

SI9130DB

5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous Converters

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1-E3

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135_11

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9136_11

Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130CG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130LG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130_11

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137DB

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137LG

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9122E

500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification Drivers

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY